Document:

Exhibit 4.2

 Exhibit 4.2 
 EXECUTION COPY 
  

 BA MASTER CREDIT CARD TRUST II 
 RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 between 
 BANC OF
AMERICA CONSUMER CARD SERVICES, LLC 
 and 
 BA CREDIT CARD FUNDING, LLC 
 Dated as of October 20, 2006 
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

							
	 	  	Page
	ARTICLE I	  	DEFINITIONS	  	1
				
		 	Section 1.01.	  	 Definitions
	  	1
				
		 	Section 1.02.	  	 Rules of Construction
	  	6
			
	ARTICLE II	  	PURCHASE AND SALE OF RECEIVABLES	  	7
				
		 	Section 2.01.	  	 Purchase and Sale
	  	7
				
		 	Section 2.02.	  	 Addition of Accounts
	  	8
				
		 	Section 2.03.	  	 Removal and Deletion of Accounts
	  	9
			
	ARTICLE III	  	CONSIDERATION AND PAYMENT	  	10
				
		 	Section 3.01.	  	 Purchase Price
	  	10
				
		 	Section 3.02.	  	 Adjustments to Purchase Price.
	  	11
				
		 	Section 3.03.	  	 Use of Name, Logo and Marks
	  	11
			
	ARTICLE IV	  	REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES	  	12
				
		 	Section 4.01.	  	 Representations and Warranties of BACCS Relating to BACCS.
	  	12
				
		 	Section 4.02.	  	 Representations and Warranties of BACCS Relating to the Agreement and the Receivables.
	  	13
				
		 	Section 4.03.	  	 Representations and Warranties of Funding
	  	14
			
	ARTICLE V	  	COVENANTS	  	17
				
		 	Section 5.01.	  	 Covenants of BACCS
	  	17
			
	ARTICLE VI	  	REPURCHASE OBLIGATION	  	19
				
		 	Section 6.01.	  	 Reassignment of Ineligible Receivables
	  	19
				
		 	Section 6.02.	  	 Reassignment of Other Receivables.
	  	20
			
	ARTICLE VII	  	CONDITIONS PRECEDENT	  	21
				
		 	Section 7.01.	  	 Conditions to Funding’s Obligation on the Closing Date
	  	21
				
		 	Section 7.02.	  	 Conditions to BACCS’s Obligation on the Closing Date
	  	21
			
	ARTICLE VIII	  	TERM AND PURCHASE TERMINATION	  	22
				
		 	Section 8.01.	  	 Term
	  	22
				
		 	Section 8.02.	  	 Purchase Termination
	  	22
			
	ARTICLE IX	  	MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS	  	23
				
		 	Section 9.01.	  	 Amendment
	  	23

  

 i 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 continued 
  

							
	 	  	Page
		 	Section 9.02.	  	 Governing Law
	  	23
				
		 	Section 9.03.	  	 Notices
	  	23
				
		 	Section 9.04.	  	 Severability
	  	24
				
		 	Section 9.05.	  	 Assignment
	  	24
				
		 	Section 9.06.	  	 Acknowledgement of BACCS
	  	24
				
		 	Section 9.07.	  	 Further Assurances
	  	24
				
		 	Section 9.08.	  	 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies
	  	24
				
		 	Section 9.09.	  	 Counterparts
	  	24
				
		 	Section 9.10.	  	 Binding Effect; Third-Party Beneficiaries
	  	24
				
		 	Section 9.11.	  	 Merger and Integration
	  	25
				
		 	Section 9.12.	  	 Headings
	  	25
				
		 	Section 9.13.	  	 Schedules and Exhibits
	  	25
				
		 	Section 9.14.	  	 Survival of Representations and Warranties
	  	25
				
		 	Section 9.15.	  	 Nonpetition Covenant
	  	25
				
		 	EXHIBIT A	  		  	A-1
		 	SCHEDULE 1	  		  	I-1

  

 ii 

 This Receivables Purchase Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of
October 20, 2006, between Banc of America Consumer Card Services, LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company (“BACCS”), and BA Credit Card Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
(“Funding”). 
 BACKGROUND 
 Each capitalized term is defined in Article I of this Agreement. 
 FIA originates receivables in credit card accounts. Under the First Tier Agreement, FIA contributes or sells to BACCS all receivables arising in a subset of those accounts. 
 Under this Agreement, BACCS is selling to Funding all receivables arising in a further subset of those accounts. Funding intends to securitize these
receivables by transferring them to the MTII Trustee under the Pooling Agreement. 
 AGREEMENT 
 In consideration of the mutual promises in this Agreement and for other valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are acknowledged, the
parties agree to the following: 
 ARTICLE I  
 DEFINITIONS 
 Section 1.01. Definitions. The following definitions apply in this
Agreement: 
 “Account” means each Initial Account, each Additional Account, and each Transferred Account. This term includes
an Additional Account only from and after the related Addition Date. This term does not include any Deleted Account. This term does not include any Account from and after the date on which all of its Receivables have been reassigned to BACCS under
Section 6.01 or Section 6.02. 
 “Account Schedule” means a complete schedule of all Accounts that is attached to
this Agreement and marked as Schedule 1. The Account Schedule may take the form of a computer file, a microfiche list, or another tangible medium that is commercially reasonable. The Account Schedule must identify each Account by
account number and by the balance of the Receivables existing in that Account on the Closing Date (for each Initial Account) or the related Addition Date (for each Additional Account). 
 “Addition Date” has the meaning, for an Additional Account, set forth in the related Supplemental Conveyance. 
 “Additional Account” means each VISA,® MasterCard,® or American Express®  

 credit card account* that is designated as an Account under Section 2.02 and the related Supplemental Conveyance and that is identified on the Account Schedule from and after the related Addition Date. 

“Affiliate” means, for any identified Person, any other Person that (a) is an affiliate or insider of that identified Person,
(b) controls that identified Person, (c) is controlled by that identified Person, or (d) is under common control with that identified Person. 
 “Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this document. 
 “Annual Membership Fee” means an annual membership fee or similar fee that is charged to an Account under the related Credit Card Agreement. 
 “BACCS” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement. 
 “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, or a day on which banks in New York, New York, or Newark, Delaware, are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to be closed. 
 “Cash Advance Fee” means a cash advance fee or similar fee that is charged to an Account under the related Credit Card Agreement.

 “Closing Date” means the close of business on October 20, 2006. 
 “Collection Account” has the meaning set forth in the Pooling Agreement. 
 “Collections” means all payments on Receivables in the form of cash, checks, wire transfers, electronic transfers, ATM transfers, or any
other form of payment. This term includes Recoveries and Insurance Proceeds. 
 “Credit Card Agreement” means, for any
VISA,® MasterCard,® or American Express® credit card account, the agreement (including any related statement under the Truth in Lending Act) between FIA and the related Obligor
governing that account. 
 “Credit Card Guidelines” means FIA’s policies and procedures (a) relating to the
operation of its credit card business, including its policies and procedures for determining the creditworthiness of credit card customers and for extending credit to credit card customers, and (b) relating to its maintenance of credit card
accounts and its collection of credit card receivables. 
 “Debtor Relief Laws” means (a) the United States Bankruptcy
Code, (b) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and (c) all other insolvency, bankruptcy, conservatorship, receivership, liquidation, reorganization, or other debtor relief laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. 

  

	*	VISA, MasterCard, and American Express are registered trademarks of VISA USA, Inc., MasterCard International Incorporated, and American Express Company, respectively.

  

 2 

 “Defaulted Account” means any Account containing only Receivables that have been charged
off as uncollectible under the Credit Card Guidelines and the Servicer’s customary and usual procedures for servicing credit card accounts. An Account becomes a Defaulted Account on the date on which all of its Receivables are recorded as
charged-off in the Servicer’s master computer file of credit card accounts. 
 “Deleted Account” means any Removed
Account containing no Receivables that are owned by Funding. A Removed Account becomes a Deleted Account on the date on which all of its Receivables that are owned by Funding have been paid. 
 “Draft Fee” means a draft fee or similar fee that is charged to an Account under the related Credit Card Agreement. 
 “Eligible Account” means any VISA,® MasterCard,® or American Express® credit card account for which each of the following
requirements is satisfied as of the date of its designation under the Prior PSA, in the case of any Initial Account, or as of the related Addition Date, in the case of any Additional Account: 
 (a) it exists and is maintained by FIA; 
 (b) its Receivables are payable in United States dollars; 
 (c) the related Obligor’s
most recent billing address is located in the United States or its territories or possessions; 
 (d) it is not classified on
FIA’s electronic records as counterfeit, cancelled, fraudulent, stolen, or lost; and 
 (e) all of its Receivables have
not been charged off as uncollectible under FIA’s customary and usual procedures for servicing credit card accounts. 
 “Eligible Receivable” means any Receivable for which each of the following requirements is satisfied as of the applicable time: 
 (a) it arises in an Eligible Account; 
 (b) it is created, in all material respects, in
compliance with all Requirements of Law applicable to FIA, and it is created under a Credit Card Agreement that complies, in all material respects, with all Requirements of Law applicable to FIA; 
 (c) all consents, licenses, approvals, or authorizations of, or registrations or declarations with, any Governmental Authority that are
required for its creation or the execution, delivery, or performance of the related Credit Card Agreement have been obtained or made by FIA and are fully effective; 
 (d) immediately prior to it being sold to Funding, BACCS has good and marketable title to it free and clear of all Liens arising through
or under BACCS or any of its Affiliates other than Funding, except for any Lien for municipal or other local taxes if 
  

 3 

 those taxes are currently not due or if FIA or BACCS is currently in good faith contesting those taxes in
appropriate proceedings and has set aside adequate reserves for those contested taxes; 
 (e) it is the legal, valid, and
binding payment obligation of the related Obligor and is enforceable against that Obligor in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws or general principles of equity; and 
 (f) it is an account under Article 9 of the Delaware UCC. 
 “FIA” means FIA Card Services, National Association, a national banking association. 
 “Finance Charge Receivable” means any Receivable that is a Periodic Finance Charge, a Cash Advance Fee, a Late Fee, an Annual Membership Fee, a Draft Fee, a Service Transaction Fee, or a similar fee or charge, including a
charge for credit insurance. 
 “First Tier Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Receivables Contribution and Sale
Agreement, dated as of October 20, 2006, between FIA and BACCS. 
 “Funding” has the meaning set forth in the first
paragraph of this Agreement. 
 “Governmental Authority” means the United States of America or any individual State, any
political subdivision of the United States of America or any individual State, or any other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, or administrative functions of or pertaining to government. 
 “Initial Account” means each VISA,® MasterCard,® or American Express® credit card account that was designated as an Account
under the Prior PSA and that is identified on the Account Schedule from and after the Closing Date. 
 “Insolvency Event”
has the meaning set forth in Section 8.02. 
 “Insurance Proceeds” means, for any Receivable, all amounts recovered on
that Receivable under a credit insurance policy covering the related Obligor. 
 “Interchange” means all interchange fees
and issuer rate fees that (a) are payable to FIA, in its capacity as credit card issuer, through VISA USA, Inc., MasterCard International Incorporated, American Express Company, or any other similar entity, (b) are paid by FIA to BACCS
under the First Tier Agreement, and (c) are allocable to the Receivables sold by BACCS to Funding using a formula equivalent to the one described in the First Tier Agreement. 
 “Late Fee” means a late fee or similar fee that is charged to an Account under the related Credit Card Agreement. 
 “Lien” means any security interest, lien, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, assignment, participation
interest, equity interest, deposit arrangement, preference, priority, or other security or preferential arrangement of any kind or 
  

 4 

 nature. This term includes any conditional sale or other title retention arrangement and any financing lease having
substantially the same economic effect as any security or preferential arrangement. This term does not include any security interest or other lien created in favor of the MTII Trustee under the Prior PSA or in connection with the First Tier
Agreement. 
 “MTII” means the BA Master Credit Card Trust II. 
 “MTII Trustee” means The Bank of New York, as trustee of MTII. 
 “Obligor” means, for any VISA,® MasterCard,® or American Express® credit card account, any Person obligated to make payments
on receivables in that account. This term includes any guarantor but excludes any merchant. 
 “Officer’s Certificate”
means a certificate delivered to Funding and signed by any Vice President or more senior officer of BACCS. 
 “Periodic Finance
Charge” means a finance charge determined by periodic rate or similar charge that is charged to an Account under the related Credit Card Agreement. 
 “Person” means any person or entity of any nature. This term includes any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, joint
venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or Governmental Authority. 
 “Pooling
Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of October 20, 2006, among the Servicer, Funding, and the MTII Trustee. 
 “Principal Receivable” means any Receivable other than a Finance Charge Receivable. In calculating the aggregate amount of Principal
Receivables in an Account on any date, the gross amount of Principal Receivables in the Account on that date must be reduced by the aggregate amount of credit balances in the Account on that date. 
 “Prior PSA” means the Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of June 10, 2006, between FIA and the MTII
Trustee. 
 “Purchase Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(a). 
 “Purchase Price Adjustment” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(a). 
 “Purchase Price Payment Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(c). 
 “Purchased Assets” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a). 
 “Rating Agency” means each nationally-recognized statistical rating organization that is selected by Funding to rate any security issued
by MTII. 
 “Receivable” means any amount payable on an Account by the related Obligors. This term includes Principal
Receivables and Finance Charge Receivables. 
  

 5 

 “Recoveries” means, for any Receivable that has been charged off as uncollectible, all
amounts recovered on that Receivable. If BACCS and Funding cannot determine whether a recovered amount relates to a Receivable that was sold to Funding or to a receivable that has not been sold to Funding, this term means the amount reasonably
estimated by BACCS and Funding as having been recovered on the Receivable that was sold to Funding. 
 “Removed Account”
means any Account that has been identified as a Removed Account (as defined in the Pooling Agreement) by the Servicer to BACCS and Funding. 
 “Requirements of Law” means, for any Person, (a) any certificate of incorporation, certificate of formation, articles of association, bylaws, limited liability company agreement, or other organizational or governing
documents of that Person and (b) any law, treaty, statute, regulation, or rule, or any determination by a Governmental Authority or arbitrator, that is applicable to or binding on that Person or to which that Person is subject. This term
includes usury laws, the Truth in Lending Act, and Regulation Z and Regulation B of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. 
 “Service Transaction Fee” means a service transaction fee or similar fee that is charged to an Account under the related Credit Card Agreement. 
 “Servicer” means the Person acting as Servicer under the Pooling Agreement. 
 “Stop
Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(a). 
 “Supplemental Conveyance” has the meaning set forth in
Section 2.02(b). 
 “Transfer Restriction Event” means any event that prevents BACCS from selling Receivables to
Funding under this Agreement. This term includes any Insolvency Event or any order of a Governmental Authority that has this effect. 
 “Transferred Account” means any VISA,® MasterCard,® or American Express® credit card account (a) into which all of the Receivables in an Account are transferred because the related credit card was lost or
stolen or the related credit card program was changed, if the Credit Card Guidelines do not require a new application or credit evaluation, and (b) that can be traced or identified by reference to the Account Schedule and the computer or other
records of the Servicer. 
 “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code of the applicable jurisdiction. 
 Section 1.02. Rules of Construction. The term “include” introduces a nonexhaustive list. The canon of ejusdem generis may be
applied only in the context of this Agreement’s purpose and not merely in the context of a particular phrase. A reference to any law is to that law as amended or supplemented to the applicable time. A reference to any agreement, document,
policy, or procedure is to that agreement, document, policy, or procedure as amended or supplemented to the applicable time. A reference to any Person includes that Person’s successors and permitted assigns. 
 [END OF ARTICLE I] 
  

 6 

 ARTICLE II  
 PURCHASE AND SALE OF RECEIVABLES 
 Section 2.01. Purchase and Sale. 
 (a) In consideration of Funding’s payment of each related Purchase Price, BACCS hereby sells and assigns to Funding, without recourse, all of
BACCS’s right, title and interest in, to, and under (i) the Receivables existing on the Closing Date and arising after the Closing Date in each Initial Account (including any related Transferred Account), and the Receivables existing on
the related Addition Date and arising after that Addition Date in each Additional Account (including any related Transferred Account), (ii) all Interchange, Insurance Proceeds, and Recoveries allocable to those Receivables, (iii) all
Collections on those Receivables, and (iv) all proceeds of any of this property (collectively, the “Purchased Assets”). Funding hereby accepts the Purchased Assets sold under this Agreement. 
 (b) Principal Receivables in each Initial Account that exist on the Closing Date, and the related Finance Charge Receivables and other Purchased Assets,
are sold by BACCS and purchased by Funding on the Closing Date. Principal Receivables in each Initial Account that arise after the Closing Date, and the related Finance Charge Receivables and other Purchased Assets, are sold by BACCS and purchased
by Funding on the date on which those Principal Receivables arise. Principal Receivables in each Additional Account that exist on the related Addition Date, and the related Finance Charge Receivables and other Purchased Assets, are sold by BACCS and
purchased by Funding on that Addition Date. Principal Receivables in each Additional Account that arise after the related Addition Date, and the related Finance Charge Receivables and other Purchased Assets, are sold by BACCS and purchased by
Funding on the date on which those Principal Receivables arise. 
 (c) BACCS must authorize, deliver, and file all financing statements,
amendments of financing statements, and continuation statements that are necessary or appropriate to perfect, or to maintain the perfection of, BACCS’s sale of the Purchased Assets to Funding. These financing statements, amendments of financing
statements, and continuation statements must name BACCS as seller and Funding as buyer of the Purchased Assets. BACCS must deliver to Funding a file-stamped copy of each of these financing statements, amendments of financing statements, and
continuation statements as soon as practicable after filing. All acts required of BACCS in this paragraph must be taken at BACCS’s own expense. 
 (d) On or prior to the Closing Date, BACCS must mark its books, records, and computer files to make clear that the Receivables arising in the Initial Accounts and the related Purchased Assets have been sold to Funding
under this Agreement and transferred to the MTII Trustee under the Pooling Agreement. On or prior to each Addition Date, BACCS must mark its books, records, and computer files to make clear that the Receivables arising in the related Additional
Accounts and the related Purchased Assets have been sold to Funding under this Agreement and transferred to the MTII Trustee under the Pooling Agreement. When a Transferred Account is created, BACCS must mark its books, records, and computer files
to make clear that the Receivables arising in that Transferred Account and the related Purchased Assets have been sold to Funding under this Agreement and transferred to the MTII Trustee 
  

 7 

 under the Pooling Agreement. BACCS must not change any of these entries in its books, records, or computer files relating
to an Account unless and until that Account becomes a Deleted Account or BACCS has taken all actions that are necessary or appropriate to maintain the perfection and the priority of Funding’s ownership interest in the related Purchased Assets.
All acts required of BACCS in this paragraph must be taken at BACCS’s own expense. 
 (e) On or prior to the Closing Date, BACCS must
deliver to Funding the initial Account Schedule. On or prior to each Addition Date, BACCS must deliver to Funding an updated Account Schedule that identifies the related Additional Accounts. Promptly after a request from Funding, and at least once
every two months regardless of whether a request is made by Funding, BACCS must deliver to Funding an updated Account Schedule that identifies all Transferred Accounts that were created during the applicable period. All acts required of BACCS in
this paragraph must be taken at BACCS’s own expense. 
 (f) The parties intend that the transfer of the Purchased Assets by BACCS to
Funding be an absolute sale and not a secured borrowing, including for accounting purposes. If the transaction under this Agreement were determined to be a loan rather than an absolute sale despite this intent of the parties, BACCS hereby grants to
Funding a first priority security interest in all of BACCS’s right, title, and interest, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in, to, and under the Purchased Assets to secure BACCS’s obligations under this Agreement. This grant is a
protective measure and must not be construed as evidence of any intent contrary to the one expressed in this paragraph. 
 Section 2.02.
Addition of Accounts. 
 (a) Funding may be obligated to designate additional accounts under Section 2.06(a) of the Pooling
Agreement or may elect to designate additional accounts under Section 2.06(b) of the Pooling Agreement. In either case, Funding may require that BACCS designate Additional Accounts under this Agreement to enable Funding to satisfy that
obligation or election. Funding must give BACCS notice of this requirement to designate Additional Accounts under this Agreement at least four Business Days prior to the related Addition Date. If BACCS fails to designate Additional Accounts in
compliance with that notice only because sufficient credit card accounts are not available to BACCS, that failure will not be a breach of this Agreement. 
 (b) On each Addition Date, the related Additional Accounts will become Accounts if the following conditions have been satisfied: 
 (i) on or prior to that Addition Date, BACCS must have filed all financing statements, amendments of financing statements, and
continuation statements that are required under Section 2.01(c); 
 (ii) on or prior to that Addition Date, BACCS must
have marked its books, records, and computer files to make clear that the Receivables arising in those Additional Accounts and the related Purchased Assets have been sold to Funding under this Agreement and transferred to the MTII Trustee under the
Pooling Agreement; 
  

 8 

 (iii) on or prior to that Addition Date, BACCS must have delivered to Funding an updated
Account Schedule that identifies those Additional Accounts; 
 (iv) on that Addition Date, BACCS must have delivered to
Funding an Officer’s Certificate of BACCS, dated that Addition Date, certifying that the applicable representations and warranties described in Sections 4.01 and 4.02 are true and correct; and 
 (v) on that Addition Date, BACCS and Funding must have executed a written assignment covering the related Purchased Assets, substantially
in the form of Exhibit A (the “Supplemental Conveyance”). 
 Section 2.03. Removal and Deletion
of Accounts. 
 (a) On the Business Day (the “Stop Date”) following the date on which an Account becomes a Removed
Account, BACCS must stop selling to Funding new Principal Receivables arising in that Account. Still, Funding will continue to own all Principal Receivables that were sold to Funding prior to the Stop Date, all Collections on those Principal
Receivables, all Finance Charge Receivables that accrue on those Principal Receivables regardless of when they arise, and all Collections on those Finance Charge Receivables. If BACCS and Funding cannot determine whether collections relate to a
Receivable that was sold to Funding or to a receivable that has not been sold to Funding, BACCS and Funding must allocate payments on the related Removed Account proportionately based on the total amount of Principal Receivables in that Removed
Account then owned by Funding and the total amount of principal receivables in that Removed Account then owned by BACCS or FIA. 
 (b) From
and after the Stop Date for a Removed Account, BACCS may mark its books, records, and computer files to make clear that the Account is a Removed Account. But BACCS must not change the entries described in Section 2.01(d) relating to that
Removed Account or delete that Removed Account from the Account Schedule unless and until that Removed Account becomes a Deleted Account or BACCS has taken all actions that are necessary or appropriate to maintain the perfection and the priority of
Funding’s ownership interest in the related Purchased Assets. 
 (c) Once a Removed Account becomes a Deleted Account, BACCS promptly
must mark its books, records, and computer files to make clear that the Account is a Deleted Account and must delete that Deleted Account from the Account Schedule. 
 [END OF ARTICLE II] 
  

 9 

 ARTICLE III  
 CONSIDERATION AND PAYMENT 
 Section 3.01. Purchase Price. 
 (a) Funding must pay to BACCS each purchase price described in this Article III (a “Purchase Price”) in return for the related
Purchased Assets. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, BACCS is not obligated to sell Principal Receivables, and the related Finance Charge Receivables and other Purchased Assets, to Funding to the extent that Funding does not pay
BACCS the related Purchase Price. 
 (b) The Purchase Price for the Principal Receivables in each Initial Account that exist on the Closing
Date, and the related Finance Charge Receivables and other Purchased Assets, is an amount equal to the fair market value of those Principal Receivables and the related Finance Charge Receivables and other Purchased Assets as mutually determined by
BACCS and Funding. This Purchase Price is payable by Funding to BACCS in immediately available funds on the Closing Date. 
 (c) The Purchase
Price for the Principal Receivables in each Initial Account that arise after the Closing Date, and the related Finance Charge Receivables and other Purchased Assets, is an amount equal to 100% of the aggregate balance of those Principal Receivables,
adjusted to reflect the factors that BACCS and Funding mutually determine will result in a Purchase Price that is equal to the fair market value of those Principal Receivables and the related Finance Charge Receivables and other Purchased Assets.
This Purchase Price is payable by Funding to BACCS in immediately available funds on each date (a “Purchase Price Payment Date”) mutually selected by BACCS and Funding, but the Purchase Price Payment Date for any Principal
Receivable and the related Finance Charge Receivables and other Purchased Assets must not be later than the fifth Business Day following the calendar month in which that Principal Receivable arises. 
 (d) The Purchase Price for the Principal Receivables in each Additional Account that exist on the related Addition Date, and the related Finance Charge
Receivables and other Purchased Assets, is an amount equal to 100% of the aggregate balance of those Principal Receivables and the Finance Charge Receivables existing in that Additional Account on that Addition Date, adjusted to reflect the factors
that BACCS and Funding mutually determine will result in a Purchase Price that is equal to the fair market value of those Principal Receivables and the related Finance Charge Receivables and other Purchased Assets. This Purchase Price is payable by
Funding to BACCS in immediately available funds on that Addition Date. 
 (e) The Purchase Price for the Principal Receivables in each
Additional Account that arise after the related Addition Date, and the related Finance Charge Receivables and other Purchased Assets, is an amount equal to 100% of the aggregate balance of those Principal Receivables, adjusted to reflect the factors
that BACCS and Funding mutually determine will result in a Purchase Price that is equal to the fair market value of those Principal Receivables and the related Finance Charge Receivables and other Purchased Assets. This Purchase Price is payable by
Funding to BACCS in immediately available funds on the related Purchase Price 
  

 10 

 Payment Date, but the Purchase Price Payment Date for any Principal Receivable and the related Finance Charge Receivables
and other Purchased Assets must not be later than the fifth Business Day following the calendar month in which that Principal Receivable arises. 
 (f) No determination of fair market value under this Section 3.01 can assume any purchase by Funding of Principal Receivables arising in the future or the related Finance Charge Receivables and other Purchased Assets. 
 Section 3.02. Adjustments to Purchase Price. 
 (a) The Purchase Price payable on any Purchase Price Payment Date will be reduced (a “Purchase Price Adjustment”) if, since the immediately preceding Purchase Price Payment Date, a Principal
Receivable previously sold to Funding has been reduced by FIA, BACCS, or the Servicer because of a rebate, refund, unauthorized charge, or billing error to the related Obligors. The amount of that Purchase Price Adjustment is equal to the amount by
which that Principal Receivable has been reduced. A Purchase Price Adjustment must not be made for a rebate, refund, unauthorized charge, or billing error that is caused by the Servicer’s breach of its obligations under the Pooling Agreement.

 (b) If a Purchase Price Adjustment causes the Purchase Price to be a negative number, BACCS must pay to Funding in immediately available
funds on the related Purchase Price Payment Date an amount equal to the amount by which the Purchase Price Adjustment exceeds the unadjusted Purchase Price. If that Purchase Price Adjustment also requires Funding to credit funds to the Collection
Account under Section 4.03(c)(i) of the Pooling Agreement, the date by which Funding is required to do so must be a Purchase Price Payment Date. 
 Section 3.03. Use of Name, Logo and Marks. To the extent of its interest, BACCS hereby grants to Funding a non-exclusive license to use the name “FIA,” “MBNA,” “Bank of
America,” and all related identifying trade or service marks, signs, symbols, logos, and designs but only for use in servicing the Receivables and only for use in a manner that is consistent with the guidelines provided by BACCS to Funding from
time to time. Further, to the extent of its interest, BACCS hereby grants to Funding a non-exclusive license to use all related servicing software but only for use in servicing the Receivables and only for use in a manner that is consistent with the
guidelines provided by BACCS to Funding from time to time. And further, to the extent of its interest, BACCS hereby grants to Funding a non-exclusive license to use all related customer lists and other intangibles but only for use in servicing the
Receivables and only for use in a manner that is consistent with the guidelines provided by BACCS to Funding from time to time. These licenses are co-extensive with the term of this Agreement and, subject to their limitations, may be assigned to any
servicer engaged by Funding in a securitization of the Receivables. 
 [END OF ARTICLE III] 
  

 11 

 ARTICLE IV 
 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 
 Section 4.01. Representations and Warranties of BACCS Relating to
BACCS.  
 (a) On the Closing Date and each Addition Date, BACCS represents and warrants to Funding as follows: 
 (i) BACCS is a limited liability company duly formed and validly existing in good standing under the laws of the State of North Carolina.
BACCS has full power and authority, in all material respects, to own its properties as currently owned, to conduct its business as currently conducted, and to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under this Agreement. 
 (ii) In all material respects, in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business requires, BACCS is duly qualified to do business,
is in good standing, and has all necessary licenses and approvals. 
 (iii) BACCS has duly authorized, by all necessary
limited liability company action, its execution and delivery of this Agreement and any related Supplemental Conveyance and its consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and any related Supplemental Conveyance. 
 (iv) BACCS’s execution and delivery of this Agreement and any related Supplemental Conveyance, its performance of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and any related Supplemental Conveyance, and its fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement and any related Supplemental Conveyance do not conflict with, breach any material term of, or cause a material default under
(with or without notice or lapse of time or both) any indenture, contract, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, or other instrument to which BACCS is a party or by which BACCS or any of its properties are bound. 
 (v) BACCS’s execution and delivery of this Agreement and any related Supplemental Conveyance, its performance of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and any related Supplemental Conveyance, and its fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement and any related Supplemental Conveyance do not conflict with or violate any Requirement of Law applicable to BACCS.

 (vi) No proceeding or investigation against BACCS is pending or, to the best of BACCS’s knowledge, threatened before
any Governmental Authority that (A) asserts that this Agreement or any related Supplemental Conveyance is invalid, (B) seeks to prevent the consummation of any transaction contemplated by this Agreement or any related Supplemental
Conveyance, (C) seeks any determination or ruling that, in BACCS’s reasonable judgment, would materially and adversely affect BACCS’s performance under this Agreement or any related Supplemental Conveyance, or (D) seeks any
determination or ruling that would materially and adversely affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any related Supplemental Conveyance. 
  

 12 

 (vii) BACCS has obtained all approvals, authorizations, licenses, consents, and orders
required of any Person in connection with BACCS’s execution and delivery of this Agreement and any related Supplemental Conveyance, its performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and any related Supplemental Conveyance, and
its fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement and any related Supplemental Conveyance. 
 (viii) No Insolvency Event relating
to BACCS has occurred and is continuing. 
 (b) The representations and warranties set forth in this Section 4.01 will survive the sale
of the Purchased Assets to Funding. If BACCS or Funding discovers a breach of any of these representations and warranties, the party discovering that breach must give prompt notice to the other party and the MTII Trustee. 
 Section 4.02. Representations and Warranties of BACCS Relating to the Agreement and the Receivables.  
 (a) On the Closing Date, in the case of any Initial Account and the related Receivables, and on each Addition Date, in the case of any related Additional
Account and the related Receivables, BACCS represents and warrants to Funding as follows: 
 (i) This Agreement and any
related Supplemental Conveyance are legal, valid, and binding obligations of BACCS and are enforceable against BACCS in accordance with their terms, except as enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws or general principles of equity.

 (ii) This Agreement and any related Supplemental Conveyance effect a valid sale to Funding of the related Receivables, and
that sale is perfected under the UCC. 
 (iii) BACCS has not used any selection procedure adverse to the interests of Funding
or its transferees in selecting the related Accounts. 
 (iv) Each related Receivable existing on the Closing Date, in the
case of any Initial Account, or as of the related Addition Date, in the case of any Additional Account, is sold to Funding free and clear of any Lien arising through or under BACCS or any of its Affiliates other than Funding, except for any Lien for
municipal or other local taxes if those taxes are currently not due or if FIA or BACCS is currently in good faith contesting those taxes in appropriate proceedings and has set aside adequate reserves for those contested taxes. 
 (v) Each related Receivable arising after the Closing Date, in the case of any Initial Account, or after the related Addition Date, in the
case of any Additional Account, is sold to Funding free and clear of any Lien arising through or under BACCS or any of its Affiliates other than Funding, except for any Lien for municipal or other local taxes if those taxes are currently not due or
if FIA or BACCS is currently in good faith contesting those taxes in appropriate proceedings and has set aside adequate reserves for those contested taxes. 
  

 13 

 (vi) BACCS’s sale to Funding of each related Receivable existing on the Closing
Date, in the case of any Initial Account, or as of the related Addition Date, in the case of any Additional Account, complies in all material respects with all Requirements of Law applicable to BACCS or FIA. 
 (vii) BACCS’s sale to Funding of each related Receivable arising after the Closing Date, in the case of any Initial Account, or after
the related Addition Date, in the case of any Additional Account, complies in all material respects with all Requirements of Law applicable to BACCS or FIA. 
 (viii) All consents, licenses, approvals, or authorizations of, or registrations or declarations with, any Governmental Authority that are
required in connection with BACCS’s sale of each related Receivable to Funding have been obtained or made by BACCS and are fully effective. 
 (ix) On that date, the Account Schedule identifies all of the existing Accounts. 
 (x) As of
the date of its designation under the Prior PSA, in the case of any Initial Account, or as of the related Addition Date, in the case of any Additional Account, the related Account is an Eligible Account. 
 (xi) As of the related Addition Date, in the case of any Additional Account, each Receivable existing in that Account is an Eligible
Receivable. 
 (xii) On any date after the Closing Date, in the case of any Initial Account, or after the related Addition
Date, in the case of any Additional Account, on which any new Receivable is created, that Receivable is an Eligible Receivable. 
 (b) The
representations and warranties set forth in this Section 4.02 will survive the sale of the Purchased Assets to Funding. If BACCS or Funding discovers a breach of any of these representations and warranties, the party discovering that breach
must give prompt notice to the other party and the MTII Trustee. BACCS acknowledges that Funding will rely on these representations and warranties in making its own representations and warranties to its transferees, including the MTII Trustee, and
BACCS consents to that reliance. 
 Section 4.03. Representations and Warranties of Funding. 
 (a) On the Closing Date and each Addition Date, Funding represents and warrants to BACCS as follows: 
 (i) Funding is a limited liability company duly formed and validly existing in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.
Funding has full power and authority, in all material respects, to own its properties as currently owned, to conduct its business as currently conducted, and to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under this Agreement. 
  

 14 

 (ii) In all material respects, in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business
requires, Funding is duly qualified to do business, is in good standing, and has all necessary licenses and approvals. 
 (iii) Funding has duly authorized, by all necessary limited liability company action, its execution and delivery of this Agreement and any related Supplemental Conveyance and its consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement and any related Supplemental Conveyance. 
 (iv) Funding’s execution and delivery of this Agreement and any
related Supplemental Conveyance, its performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and any related Supplemental Conveyance, and its fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement and any related Supplemental Conveyance do not conflict
with, breach any material term of, or cause a material default under (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) any indenture, contract, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, or other instrument to which Funding is a party or by which Funding
or any of its properties are bound. 
 (v) Funding’s execution and delivery of this Agreement and any related
Supplemental Conveyance, its performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and any related Supplemental Conveyance, and its fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement and any related Supplemental Conveyance do not conflict with or
violate any Requirement of Law applicable to Funding. 
 (vi) No proceeding or investigation against Funding is pending or, to
the best of Funding’s knowledge, threatened before any Governmental Authority that (A) asserts that this Agreement or any related Supplemental Conveyance is invalid, (B) seeks to prevent the consummation of any transaction
contemplated by this Agreement or any related Supplemental Conveyance, (C) seeks any determination or ruling that, in Funding’s reasonable judgment, would materially and adversely affect Funding’s performance under this Agreement or
any related Supplemental Conveyance, or (D) seeks any determination or ruling that would materially and adversely affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any related Supplemental Conveyance. 
 (vii) Funding has obtained all approvals, authorizations, licenses, consents, and orders required of any Person in connection with
Funding’s execution and delivery of this Agreement and any related Supplemental Conveyance, its performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and any related Supplemental Conveyance, and its fulfillment of the terms of this
Agreement and any related Supplemental Conveyance. 
 (viii) No Insolvency Event relating to Funding has occurred and is
continuing. 
  

 15 

 (b) The representations and warranties set forth in this Section 4.03 will survive the sale of the
Purchased Assets to Funding. If BACCS or Funding discovers a breach of any of these representations and warranties, the party discovering that breach must give prompt notice to the other party and the MTII Trustee. 
 [END OF ARTICLE IV] 
  

 16 

 ARTICLE V  
 COVENANTS 
 Section 5.01. Covenants of BACCS. BACCS covenants to do the following:

 (a) Except in enforcing or collecting an Account, BACCS will take no action that results in any Receivable not being an account under
Article 9 of the Delaware UCC, and therefore, BACCS will take no action that results in any Receivable being an instrument or chattel paper under Article 9 of the Delaware UCC. BACCS will enforce a substantially similar covenant of FIA under the
First Tier Agreement. If BACCS breaches any of these covenants, BACCS must repurchase the related Receivable under Section 6.01. 
 (b)
Except for the sale to Funding under this Agreement, BACCS will not (i) sell, assign, or transfer any Receivable to any other Person, (ii) take any other action that is inconsistent with the ownership of each Receivable by Funding or its
transferee, or (iii) grant, create, incur, assume, or suffer to exist any Lien arising through or under BACCS on any Receivable, except for any Lien for municipal or other local taxes if those taxes are currently not due or if FIA or BACCS is
currently in good faith contesting those taxes in appropriate proceedings and has set aside adequate reserves for those contested taxes. BACCS will not claim any interest in any Receivable and will defend the ownership interest of Funding or its
transferee in each Receivable against any third party claiming through or under BACCS. BACCS will enforce a substantially similar covenant of FIA under the First Tier Agreement that relates to the sale and contribution of Receivables by FIA to
BACCS. 
 (c) If a Transfer Restriction Event occurs, BACCS must continue to allocate and pay to Funding all Collections on the Receivables
that previously were sold to Funding unless prohibited from doing so by any Governmental Authority or Requirement of Law. If BACCS and Funding cannot determine whether collections relate to a Receivable that was sold to Funding or to a receivable
that cannot be sold to Funding, BACCS must allocate payments on the related Account proportionately based on the total amount of Principal Receivables in that Account then owned by Funding or the MTII Trustee and the total amount of principal
receivables in that Account then owned by BACCS or FIA. BACCS will acknowledge that Funding or its transferee continues to own all Principal Receivables that were sold to Funding prior to the Transfer Restriction Event, all Collections on those
Principal Receivables, all Finance Charge Receivables that accrue on those Principal Receivables regardless of when they arise, and all Collections on those Finance Charge Receivables. BACCS will enforce a substantially similar covenant of FIA under
the First Tier Agreement that relates to Receivables sold and contributed by FIA to BACCS. 
 (d) If BACCS receives Collections on any
Receivable, BACCS promptly will deliver those Collections to Funding or, if Funding directs, to its transferee. BACCS will enforce a substantially similar covenant of FIA under the First Tier Agreement that relates to Receivables sold and
contributed by FIA to BACCS. 
  

 17 

 (e) BACCS will enforce FIA’s covenant under the First Tier Agreement not to transfer any Account
except in a merger, consolidation, or sale permitted under the First Tier Agreement. 
 (f) BACCS will enforce FIA’s covenant under the
First Tier Agreement to transfer to BACCS or its transferee all Interchange allocable to the Receivables. 
 (g) BACCS will enforce
FIA’s covenant under the First Tier Agreement not to change the provisions of any Credit Card Agreement or the Credit Card Guidelines except as permitted under the First Tier Agreement. 
 (h) BACCS will not change its name or its type or jurisdiction of organization without first delivering to Funding an opinion of counsel stating that all
actions and filings that are necessary or appropriate to maintain the perfection and the priority of Funding’s ownership interest in the Receivables have been taken or made. 
 (i) On March 31 in each calendar year, beginning March 31, 2007, BACCS will deliver to Funding and the MTII Trustee an opinion of counsel
(i) stating that no further filing of any financing statement, amendment of financing statement, or continuation statement is then necessary to perfect Funding’s ownership interest in the Receivables, and (ii) stating that no
further filing of any financing statement, amendment of financing statement, or continuation statement will be necessary prior to March 31 of the next calendar year to maintain the perfection of Funding’s ownership interest in the
Receivables or, if that is not the case, identifying each filing that will be necessary prior to March 31 of that calendar year. 
 [END
OF ARTICLE V] 
  

 18 

 ARTICLE VI  
 REPURCHASE OBLIGATION 
 Section 6.01. Reassignment of Ineligible Receivables. 

(a) BACCS must accept reassignment of any Receivable if Funding is required to accept reassignment of that Receivable under Section 2.04(d) of the
Pooling Agreement and if either of the following conditions is satisfied: 
 (i) (A) the representation of BACCS under
Section 4.02(a)(iv) or (vi) relating to that Receivable is not true and correct as of the applicable date, or the representation of BACCS under Section 4.02(a)(xi) or (xii) relating to that Receivable is not true and correct as
of the applicable date because clause (d) of the definition of Eligible Receivable is not satisfied, and 
 (B) any of
the following conditions is satisfied: (I) that Receivable is charged off as uncollectible, (II) the interest of Funding or its transferee in that Receivable or its proceeds is impaired, (III) the proceeds of that Receivable are not available
to Funding or its transferee free and clear of any Lien, (IV) the Lien on that Receivable runs in favor of any Governmental Authority, (V) the Lien on that Receivable is a tax lien, (VI) the Lien on that Receivable arises under Title IV of the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act, or (VII) FIA or BACCS has consented to the Lien on that Receivable; or 
 (ii)
(A) (I) the representation of BACCS under Section 4.02(a)(iv), (vi), (xi), or (xii) relating to that Receivable is not true and correct as of the applicable date and that breach is not addressed by Section 6.01(a)(i), or
(II) the representation of BACCS under Section 4.02(a)(i), (ii), (v), (vii), (viii), or (ix) relating to that Receivable is not true and correct as of the applicable date, and 
 (B) any of the following conditions is satisfied: (I) the related Account is a Defaulted Account, (II) the interest of Funding or its
transferee in that Receivable or its proceeds is impaired, or (III) the proceeds of that Receivable are not available to Funding or its transferee free and clear of any Lien, and 
 (C) that breach is not cured within 60 days, or a longer period up to 120 days to which Funding consents, from the earlier of the date on
which BACCS discovers that breach or the date on which BACCS is given notice of that breach. 
 (b) BACCS must accept reassignment of any
Receivable described in Section 6.01(a) on the date on which that Receivable is reassigned to Funding under Section 2.04(d) of the Pooling Agreement. On that date, automatically and without further action, Funding hereby reassigns to
BACCS, without recourse, representation, or warranty, all of Funding’s right, title and interest in, to, and under (i) that Receivable, (ii) all Interchange, Insurance Proceeds, and Recoveries allocable to that Receivable,
(iii) all Collections on that Receivable, and (iv) all proceeds of any of this property. On that date, BACCS must pay to Funding in immediately available funds an amount equal to the unpaid balance of that Receivable, and Funding will
treat 
  

 19 

 that Receivable as collected in full. Funding must execute all agreements and other documents, and must take all other
actions, that are reasonably requested by BACCS to effect this reassignment. 
 (c) After a reassignment under Section 6.01(b), if BACCS
and Funding cannot determine whether collections relate to a Receivable that is owned by Funding or the MTII Trustee or to a receivable that has been reassigned to BACCS, BACCS and Funding must allocate payments on the related Account
proportionately based on the total amount of Principal Receivables in that Account then owned by Funding or the MTII Trustee and the total amount of principal receivables in that Account then owned by BACCS or FIA. 
 Section 6.02. Reassignment of Other Receivables. 
 (a) BACCS must accept reassignment of a set of Receivables if Funding is required to accept reassignment of those Receivables under Section 2.04(e) of the Pooling Agreement and if the representation of BACCS
under Section 4.02(a)(i) or (ii) relating to those Receivables is not true and correct as of the applicable date. 
 (b) BACCS must
accept reassignment of the Receivables described in Section 6.02(a) on the date on which those Receivables are reassigned to Funding under Section 2.04(e) of the Pooling Agreement. On that date, automatically and without further action,
Funding hereby reassigns to BACCS, without recourse, representation, or warranty, all of Funding’s right, title and interest in, to, and under (i) those Receivables, (ii) all Interchange, Insurance Proceeds, and Recoveries allocable
to those Receivables, (iii) all Collections on those Receivables, and (iv) all proceeds of any of this property. On the Business Day immediately preceding that date, BACCS must pay to Funding in immediately available funds an amount equal
to the unpaid balance of those Receivables, and Funding will treat those Receivable as collected in full. Funding must execute all agreements and other documents, and must take all other actions, that are reasonably requested by BACCS to effect this
reassignment. 
 [END OF ARTICLE VI] 
  

 20 

 ARTICLE VII  
 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT 
 Section 7.01. Conditions to Funding’s Obligation on the Closing
Date. Funding’s obligation to purchase the Receivables in each Initial Account that exist on the Closing Date, and the related Finance Charge Receivables and other Purchased Assets, is subject to the following conditions being satisfied:

 (a) the representations and warranties made by BACCS in this Agreement on the Closing Date must be true and correct; 
 (b) all information provided by BACCS to Funding relating to the Initial Accounts must be true and correct; 
 (c) BACCS must have (i) delivered the initial Account Schedule to Funding and (ii) performed all other obligations required of BACCS prior to
the Closing Date under this Agreement; 
 (d) BACCS must have filed all financing statements, amendments of financing statements, and
continuation statements that are required under Section 2.01(c); and 
 (e) all corporate and legal matters relating to this Agreement
must have been addressed in a manner satisfactory to Funding, and all related documents reasonably requested of BACCS by Funding must have been received. 
 Section 7.02. Conditions to BACCS’s Obligation on the Closing Date. BACCS’s obligation to sell the Receivables in each Initial Account that exist on the Closing Date, and the related Finance
Charge Receivables and other Purchased Assets, is subject to the following conditions being satisfied: 
 (a) the representations and
warranties made by Funding in this Agreement on the Closing Date must be true and correct; 
 (b) Funding must have paid the initial Purchase
Price due on the Closing Date; and 
 (c) all corporate and legal matters relating to this Agreement must have been addressed in a manner
satisfactory to BACCS, and all related documents reasonably requested of Funding by BACCS must have been received. 
 [END OF ARTICLE VII]

  

 21 

 ARTICLE VIII  
 TERM AND PURCHASE TERMINATION 
 Section 8.01. Term. This Agreement will commence on the
Closing Date and will continue at least until the earlier of (a) the termination of MTII under Article XII of the Pooling Agreement and (b) the amendment of the Pooling Agreement to remove Funding as Transferor. After that time, either
party may terminate this Agreement by giving reasonable notice to the other party. 
 Section 8.02. Purchase Termination. BACCS
immediately must cease to sell Principal Receivables, and the related Finance Charge Receivables and other Purchased Assets, to Funding if (a) BACCS or FIA files a petition or commences a proceeding (i) as a debtor under any Debtor Relief
Law or (ii) to have a trustee, conservator, receiver, liquidator, or similar official appointed for it or for all or substantially all of its property, (b) BACCS or FIA consents or fails to object to such a petition or proceeding commenced
against it or its property, or such a petition or proceeding commenced against it or its property is not dismissed or stayed within 60 days, or a Governmental Authority orders relief in connection with such a petition or proceeding commenced against
it or its property, (c) BACCS or FIA admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, (d) BACCS or FIA makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or (e) BACCS or FIA voluntarily suspends
payment of its obligations (each an “Insolvency Event”). Still, Funding or its transferee will continue to own all Principal Receivables that were sold to Funding prior to the Insolvency Event, all Collections on those
Principal Receivables, all Finance Charge Receivables that accrue on those Principal Receivables regardless of when they arise, and all Collections on those Finance Charge Receivables. If BACCS and Funding cannot determine whether collections relate
to a Receivable that was sold to Funding or to a receivable that has not been sold to Funding, BACCS and Funding must allocate payments on the related Account proportionately based on the total amount of Principal Receivables in that Account then
owned by Funding or the MTII Trustee and the total amount of principal receivables in that Account then owned by BACCS or FIA. BACCS promptly must give notice of any Insolvency Event to Funding and the MTII Trustee. 
 [END OF ARTICLE VIII] 
  

 22 

 ARTICLE IX  
 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 
 Section 9.01. Amendment. This Agreement only can be modified
in a written document executed by Funding and BACCS. No amendment of this Agreement will be effective unless (a) Funding has given prior notice of the amendment to the MTII Trustee and each Rating Agency then rating any security issued by MTII
and (b) Funding has received written confirmation from each of those Rating Agencies that the amendment will not cause a reduction or withdrawal of any of those ratings. Funding must send a copy of each amendment of this Agreement to each
Rating Agency then rating any security issued by MTII. A Supplemental Conveyance, or any other document executed in connection with a sale or reassignment under this Agreement, is not an amendment of this Agreement. 
 Section 9.02. Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT
REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS. THE PARTIES HERETO DECLARE THAT IT IS THEIR INTENTION THAT THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE REGARDED AS MADE UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE AND THAT THE LAWS OF SAID STATE SHALL BE APPLIED IN INTERPRETING
ITS PROVISIONS IN ALL CASES WHERE LEGAL INTERPRETATION SHALL BE REQUIRED. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES (A) THAT THIS AGREEMENT INVOLVES AT LEAST $100,000.00, AND (B) THAT THIS AGREEMENT HAS BEEN ENTERED INTO BY THE PARTIES HERETO IN
EXPRESS RELIANCE UPON 6 DEL. C. § 2708. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES (A) TO BE SUBJECT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE AND OF THE FEDERAL COURTS SITTING IN THE STATE OF
DELAWARE, AND (B)(1) TO THE EXTENT SUCH PARTY IS NOT OTHERWISE SUBJECT TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE, TO APPOINT AND MAINTAIN AN AGENT IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE AS SUCH PARTY’S AGENT FOR ACCEPTANCE OF LEGAL PROCESS, AND
(2) THAT, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, SERVICE OF PROCESS MAY ALSO BE MADE ON SUCH PARTY BY PREPAID CERTIFIED MAIL WITH A PROOF OF MAILING RECEIPT VALIDATED BY THE UNITED STATES POSTAL SERVICE CONSTITUTING EVIDENCE OF
VALID SERVICE, AND THAT SERVICE MADE PURSUANT TO (B)(1) OR (2) ABOVE SHALL, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, HAVE THE SAME LEGAL FORCE AND EFFECT AS IF SERVED UPON SUCH PARTY PERSONALLY WITHIN THE STATE OF DELAWARE.

 Section 9.03. Notices. All notices and other communications under this Agreement must be in writing and will be considered
effective when delivered by hand, by courier, by overnight delivery service, or by certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, (a) in the case of BACCS, to Banc of America Consumer Card Services, LLC, 401 North Tryon Street,
NC1-021-02-20, Charlotte, North Carolina 28255, Attention: Marcie Copson-Hall, (b) in the case of Funding, to BA Credit Card Funding, LLC, Hearst Tower, 214 North Tryon Street, Suite #21-39, NC1-027-21-04, Charlotte, North Carolina 28255,
Attention: Marcie Copson-Hall, with a copy to (i) Bank of America, National Association, 101 S. Tryon 
  

 23 

 Street, Mail Code: NC1-002-29-01, Charlotte, North Carolina 28255, Attn: Caroline Tsai and (ii) BA Credit Card
Funding, LLC, 1100 North King Street, Mail Code: DE5-003-0107, Wilmington, DE 19884, Attention: Marcie Copson-Hall, and (c) in the case of the MTII Trustee, to The Bank of New York, 101 Barclay Street, 8 West, New York, New York 10286. Any of
these entities may designate a different address in a notice to the others under this Section 9.03. 
 Section 9.04.
Severability. If any part of this Agreement is held to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable, the rest of this Agreement will be considered severable and will continue in full force. 
 Section 9.05. Assignment. No party can assign any interest in this Agreement, except that (a) Funding may assign its interest in this
Agreement to the MTII Trustee under the Pooling Agreement and (b) any party may assign its interest in this Agreement to any other Person if (i) at least 10 days prior to the assignment, notice is given to the other party, the MTII
Trustee, and each Rating Agency then rating any security issued by MTII, (ii) the other party gives its prior written approval to the assignment, and (iii) Funding receives prior written confirmation from each of those Rating Agencies that
the assignment will not cause a reduction or withdrawal of any of those ratings. 
 Section 9.06. Acknowledgement of BACCS. BACCS
acknowledges that Funding intends to assign all of its right, title, and interest in, to, and under this Agreement and the Purchased Assets to the MTII Trustee under the Pooling Agreement, and BACCS consents to that assignment. BACCS will have no
remedy against Funding under this Agreement other than a claim for money damages and then only to the extent of funds available to Funding. BACCS must not assert any claim to or interest in any Purchased Asset and must not take any action that would
interfere with the receipt of Collections on the Purchased Assets by Funding or the MTII Trustee. If any amount payable by BACCS to Funding under this Agreement in turn must be paid by Funding to the MTII Trustee under the Pooling Agreement, and if
Funding directs, BACCS must pay that amount directly to the MTII Trustee. 
 Section 9.07. Further Assurances. Each party must
take all actions that are reasonably requested by the other party to effect more fully the purposes of this Agreement. 
 Section 9.08.
No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise or delay in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement will effect a waiver of that right or remedy. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy under this Agreement
will preclude any other or further exercise of that right or remedy or any other right or remedy. Except as otherwise expressly provided, the rights and remedies under this Agreement are cumulative and not exhaustive. 
 Section 9.09. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be considered an original, but
all of which together will constitute one agreement. 
 Section 9.10. Binding Effect; Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement
benefits and is binding on the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. MTII and the MTII Trustee are third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement. 
  

 24 

 Section 9.11. Merger and Integration. This Agreement contains all of the terms and conditions
relating to its subject matter to which the parties have agreed. All prior understandings of any kind are superseded by this Agreement. 
 Section 9.12. Headings. The headings are for reference only and must not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. 
 Section 9.13. Schedules and Exhibits. All schedules and exhibits are fully incorporated into this Agreement. 
 Section 9.14. Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations, warranties, and covenants in this Agreement will survive the sale of the Purchased Assets to Funding and the transfer of the Purchased Assets to the
MTII Trustee under the Pooling Agreement. 
 Section 9.15. Nonpetition Covenant. Notwithstanding any prior termination of this
Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, BACCS must not file, commence, join, or acquiesce in a petition or a proceeding, or cause Funding or MTII to file, commence, join, or acquiesce in a petition or a proceeding, that causes
(a) Funding or MTII to be a debtor under any Debtor Relief Law or (b) a trustee, conservator, receiver, liquidator, or similar official to be appointed for Funding, MTII, or any substantial part of any of their property. 
 [END OF ARTICLE IX] 
  

 25 

 Executed as of this 20th day of October, 2006. 
  

			
	BANC OF AMERICA CONSUMER CARD SERVICES, LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert W. Lamantia

	Name:	 	Robert W. Lamantia
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President
	
	BA CREDIT CARD FUNDING, LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Marcie E. Copson-Hall

	Name:	 	Marcie E. Copson-Hall
	Title:	 	President

  

			
	Acknowledged and Accepted by:
	
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
     as Trustee of the BA Master Credit Card Trust II

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Catherine L. Cerilles

	Name:	 	Catherine L. Cerilles
	Title:	 	Assistant Vice President
	
	 FIA CARD SERVICES, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
     as Servicer for the BA Master Credit Card Trust II

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Scott W. McCarthy

	Name:	 	Scott W. McCarthy
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President

 [Signature Page to Receivables Purchase Agreement between BACCS and Funding] 

 EXHIBIT A 
 SUPPLEMENTAL CONVEYANCE 
 This Supplemental Conveyance No.
[                    ] (this “Supplemental Conveyance”) is made as of
[                    ], between Banc of America Consumer Card Services, LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company
(“BACCS”), and BA Credit Card Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Funding”). 
 BACKGROUND 
 BACCS and Funding are designating additional credit card accounts under the Receivables Purchase
Agreement, dated as of October 20, 2006, between BACCS and Funding (the “Receivables Purchase Agreement”). 
 AGREEMENT 
 In consideration of the mutual promises in this Supplemental Conveyance and for other valuable
consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are acknowledged, the parties agree to the following: 
 1. Defined Terms and Rules of
Construction. Each capitalized term is defined in this Section 1, or if not defined here, in the Receivables Purchase Agreement. Rules of construction in the Receivables Purchase Agreement apply in this Supplemental Conveyance. The
following definitions apply in this Supplemental Conveyance: 
 “Addition Date” means, for the Additional Accounts, the
close of business on [                    ]. 
 “Additional Account” means each VISA,® MasterCard,® or American Express®
credit card account that is designated as an Account under this Supplemental Conveyance and that is identified on Schedule 1 to this Supplemental Conveyance. 
 “Additional Purchased Assets” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a). 
 “BACCS” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Supplemental Conveyance. 
 “Funding” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Supplemental Conveyance. 
 “Receivables Purchase Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Background. 
 “Supplemental Conveyance” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this document. 
  

 A-1 

 2. Designation of Additional Accounts. The Additional Accounts identified on Schedule
1 to this Supplemental Conveyance are designated as Accounts under this Supplemental Conveyance and the Receivables Purchase Agreement from and after the Addition Date. Schedule 1 is fully incorporated into this Supplemental
Conveyance and the Receivables Purchase Agreement and supplements the Account Schedule under the Receivables Purchase Agreement from and after the Addition Date. 
 3. Sale of Additional Purchased Assets. 
 (a) In consideration of Funding’s payment of each
related Purchase Price under the Receivables Purchase Agreement, BACCS hereby sells and assigns to Funding, without recourse, all of BACCS’s right, title and interest in, to, and under (i) the Receivables existing on the Addition Date and
arising after the Addition Date in each Additional Account (including any related Transferred Account), (ii) all Interchange, Insurance Proceeds, and Recoveries allocable to those Receivables, (iii) all Collections on those Receivables,
and (iv) all proceeds of any of this property (collectively, the “Additional Purchased Assets”). Funding hereby accepts the Additional Purchased Assets sold under this Supplemental Conveyance. 
 (b) BACCS must take all actions relating to this sale of the Additional Purchased Assets that are required under Section 2.01(c), (d), and
(e) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement. 
 (c) The parties intend that the transfer of the Additional Purchased Assets by BACCS to
Funding be an absolute sale and not a secured borrowing, including for accounting purposes. If the transaction under this Supplemental Conveyance were determined to be a loan rather than an absolute sale despite this intent of the parties, BACCS
hereby grants to Funding a first priority security interest in all of BACCS’s right, title, and interest, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in, to, and under the Additional Purchased Assets to secure BACCS’s obligations under this
Supplemental Conveyance and the Receivables Purchase Agreement. This grant is a protective measure and must not be construed as evidence of any intent contrary to the one expressed in this paragraph. 
 4. Representations and Warranties of BACCS. BACCS acknowledges its representations and warranties relating to the Additional Accounts that are
made on the Addition Date under Sections 4.01 and 4.02 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement. 
 5. Ratification. This Supplemental
Conveyance supplements the Receivables Purchase Agreement from and after the Addition Date, and the parties ratify the Receivables Purchase Agreement as supplemented by this Supplemental Conveyance. 
 6. Miscellaneous. This Supplemental Conveyance may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be considered an original, but
all of which together will constitute one agreement. Each party must take all actions that are reasonably requested by the other party to effect more fully the purposes of this Supplemental Conveyance. 
  

 A-2 

 7. GOVERNING LAW. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL CONVEYANCE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS. THE PARTIES HERETO DECLARE THAT IT IS THEIR INTENTION THAT THIS SUPPLEMENTAL CONVEYANCE SHALL BE REGARDED AS MADE UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE AND
THAT THE LAWS OF SAID STATE SHALL BE APPLIED IN INTERPRETING ITS PROVISIONS IN ALL CASES WHERE LEGAL INTERPRETATION SHALL BE REQUIRED. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES (A) THAT THIS SUPPLEMENTAL CONVEYANCE INVOLVES AT LEAST $100,000.00, AND
(B) THAT THIS SUPPLEMENTAL CONVEYANCE HAS BEEN ENTERED INTO BY THE PARTIES HERETO IN EXPRESS RELIANCE UPON 6 DEL. C. § 2708. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES (A) TO BE SUBJECT TO THE
JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE AND OF THE FEDERAL COURTS SITTING IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND (B)(1) TO THE EXTENT SUCH PARTY IS NOT OTHERWISE SUBJECT TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE, TO APPOINT AND MAINTAIN AN
AGENT IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE AS SUCH PARTY’S AGENT FOR ACCEPTANCE OF LEGAL PROCESS, AND (2) THAT, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, SERVICE OF PROCESS MAY ALSO BE MADE ON SUCH PARTY BY PREPAID CERTIFIED MAIL WITH A PROOF
OF MAILING RECEIPT VALIDATED BY THE UNITED STATES POSTAL SERVICE CONSTITUTING EVIDENCE OF VALID SERVICE, AND THAT SERVICE MADE PURSUANT TO (B)(1) OR (2) ABOVE SHALL, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, HAVE THE SAME LEGAL FORCE
AND EFFECT AS IF SERVED UPON SUCH PARTY PERSONALLY WITHIN THE STATE OF DELAWARE. 
 [The rest of this page is left blank intentionally.]

  

 A-3 

 Executed as of this [    ] day of
[                    ]. 
  

			
	BANC OF AMERICA CONSUMER CARD SERVICES, LLC
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	BA CREDIT CARD FUNDING, LLC
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

			
	Acknowledged and Accepted by:
	
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
     as Trustee of the BA Master Credit Card Trust II

		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	 FIA CARD SERVICES, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
     as Servicer for the BA Master Credit Card Trust II

		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 A-4 

 SCHEDULE 1 TO 
 SUPPLEMENTAL CONVEYANCE 
 ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS 
  

 A-5 

 SCHEDULE 1 
 ACCOUNT SCHEDULEExhibit 4.3

 Exhibit 4.3 
 EXECUTION COPY 
 BA CREDIT CARD FUNDING, LLC 
 as Transferor 
 FIA CARD SERVICES, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 
 (formerly known as MBNA America Bank, National Association) 
 as Servicer 
 and 
 THE BANK OF NEW YORK 
 as the Trustee 
 on behalf of the Certificateholders 
 of the BA Master Credit Card Trust II 

 

 SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

 POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT 
 Dated as of October 20, 2006 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

							
	 	  	Page
	 ARTICLE I
	 	DEFINITIONS	  	1
				
		 	 Section 1.01.
	 	 Definitions
	  	1
				
		 	 Section 1.02.
	 	 Other Definitional Provisions
	  	19
			
	 ARTICLE II
	 	CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES; ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES	  	20
				
		 	 Section 2.01.
	 	 Conveyance of Receivables
	  	20
				
		 	 Section 2.02.
	 	 Acceptance by Trustee
	  	23
				
		 	 Section 2.03.
	 	 Representations and Warranties of the Transferor
	  	23
				
		 	 Section 2.04.
	 	 Representations and Warranties of the Transferor Relating to the Agreement and the Receivables
	  	24
				
		 	 Section 2.05.
	 	 Covenants of the Transferor
	  	28
				
		 	 Section 2.06.
	 	 Addition of Accounts
	  	32
				
		 	 Section 2.07.
	 	 Removal of Accounts
	  	34
				
		 	 Section 2.08.
	 	 Discount Option
	  	36
				
		 	 Section 2.09.
	 	 Additional Representations and Warranties of the Transferor
	  	37
			
	 ARTICLE III
	 	ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF RECEIVABLES	  	38
				
		 	 Section 3.01.
	 	 Acceptance of Appointment and Other Matters Relating to the Servicer
	  	38
				
		 	 Section 3.02.
	 	 Servicing Compensation
	  	40
				
		 	 Section 3.03.
	 	 Representations and Warranties of the Servicer
	  	40
				
		 	 Section 3.04.
	 	 Reports and Records for the Trustee
	  	41
				
		 	 Section 3.05.
	 	 Annual Servicer’s Certificate
	  	42
				
		 	 Section 3.06.
	 	 Annual Independent Accountants’ Servicing Report
	  	42
				
		 	 Section 3.07.
	 	 Tax Treatment
	  	43
				
		 	 Section 3.08.
	 	 Reports to the Commission
	  	44
			
	 ARTICLE IV
	 	RIGHTS OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS AND ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS	  	45
				
		 	 Section 4.01.
	 	 Rights of Certificateholders
	  	45
				
		 	 Section 4.02.
	 	 Establishment of Accounts
	  	45
				
		 	 Section 4.03.
	 	 Collections and Allocations
	  	47
			
	 ARTICLE V
	 	[ARTICLE V IS RESERVED AND SHALL BE SPECIFIED IN ANY SUPPLEMENT WITH RESPECT TO ANY SERIES]	  	51
			
	 ARTICLE VI
	 	THE CERTIFICATES	  	52

  

 -i- 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 (continued) 
  

							
	 	  	Page
		 	 Section 6.01.
	 	 The Certificates
	  	52
				
		 	 Section 6.02.
	 	 Authentication of Certificates
	  	52
				
		 	 Section 6.03.
	 	 Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Certificates
	  	53
				
		 	 Section 6.04.
	 	 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates
	  	55
				
		 	 Section 6.05.
	 	 Persons Deemed Owners
	  	56
				
		 	 Section 6.06.
	 	 Appointment of Paying Agent
	  	57
				
		 	 Section 6.07.
	 	 Access to List of Certificateholders’ Names and Addresses
	  	57
				
		 	 Section 6.08.
	 	 Authenticating Agent
	  	58
				
		 	 Section 6.09.
	 	 New Issuances
	  	59
				
		 	 Section 6.10.
	 	 Book-Entry Certificates
	  	61
				
		 	 Section 6.11.
	 	 Notices to Clearing Agency
	  	61
				
		 	 Section 6.12.
	 	 Definitive Certificates
	  	61
				
		 	 Section 6.13.
	 	 Global Certificate; Euro-Certificate Exchange Date
	  	62
				
		 	 Section 6.14.
	 	 Meetings of Certificateholders
	  	62
			
	 ARTICLE VII
	 	 OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO THE TRANSFEROR
	  	63
				
		 	 Section 7.01.
	 	 Liability of the Transferor
	  	63
				
		 	 Section 7.02.
	 	 Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, the Transferor
	  	63
				
		 	 Section 7.03.
	 	 Limitation on Liability
	  	64
				
		 	 Section 7.04.
	 	 Liabilities
	  	64
			
	 ARTICLE VIII
	 	 OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO THE SERVICER
	  	66
				
		 	 Section 8.01.
	 	 Liability of the Servicer
	  	66
				
		 	 Section 8.02.
	 	 Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, the Servicer
	  	66
				
		 	 Section 8.03.
	 	 Limitation on Liability of the Servicer and Others
	  	66
				
		 	 Section 8.04.
	 	 Servicer Indemnification of the Transferor, the Trust and the Trustee
	  	67
				
		 	 Section 8.05.
	 	 The Servicer Not to Resign
	  	67
				
		 	 Section 8.06.
	 	 Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding the Receivables
	  	68
				
		 	 Section 8.07.
	 	 Delegation of Duties
	  	68

  

 -ii- 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 (continued) 
  

							
	 	 	 	 	 	  	Page
		 	 Section 8.08.
	 	 Examination of Records
	  	68
				
		 	 ARTICLE IX
	 	PAY OUT EVENTS	  	69
				
		 	 Section 9.01.
	 	 Pay Out Events
	  	69
				
		 	 Section 9.02.
	 	 Additional Rights Upon the Occurrence of Certain Events
	  	70
			
	 ARTICLE X
	 	SERVICER DEFAULTS	  	71
				
		 	 Section 10.01.
	 	 Servicer Defaults
	  	71
				
		 	 Section 10.02.
	 	 Trustee to Act; Appointment of Successor
	  	73
				
		 	 Section 10.03.
	 	 Notification to Certificateholders
	  	74
				
		 	 Section 10.04.
	 	 Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	74
			
	 ARTICLE XI
	 	THE TRUSTEE	  	75
				
		 	 Section 11.01.
	 	 Duties of Trustee
	  	75
				
		 	 Section 11.02.
	 	 Certain Matters Affecting the Trustee
	  	76
				
		 	 Section 11.03.
	 	 Trustee Not Liable for Recitals in Certificates
	  	77
				
		 	 Section 11.04.
	 	 Trustee May Own Certificates
	  	78
				
		 	 Section 11.05.
	 	 The Servicer to Pay Trustee’s Fees and Expenses
	  	78
				
		 	 Section 11.06.
	 	 Eligibility Requirements for Trustee
	  	78
				
		 	 Section 11.07.
	 	 Resignation or Removal of Trustee
	  	78
				
		 	 Section 11.08.
	 	 Successor Trustee
	  	79
				
		 	 Section 11.09.
	 	 Merger or Consolidation of Trustee
	  	79
				
		 	 Section 11.10.
	 	 Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee
	  	80
				
		 	 Section 11.11.
	 	 Tax Returns; Tax Liability
	  	81
				
		 	 Section 11.12.
	 	 Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Certificates
	  	81
				
		 	 Section 11.13.
	 	 Suits for Enforcement
	  	82
				
		 	 Section 11.14.
	 	 Rights of Certificateholders to Direct Trustee
	  	82
				
		 	 Section 11.15.
	 	 Representations and Warranties of Trustee
	  	82
				
		 	 Section 11.16.
	 	 Maintenance of Office or Agency
	  	82
			
	 ARTICLE XII
	 	TERMINATION	  	83
				
		 	 Section 12.01.
	 	 Termination of Trust
	  	83
				
		 	 Section 12.02.
	 	 Optional Purchase
	  	84

  

 -iii- 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 (continued) 
  

							
	 	 	 	 	 	  	Page
		 	 Section 12.03.
	 	 Final Payment with Respect to any Series
	  	84
				
		 	 Section 12.04.
	 	 Termination Rights of Holder of Transferor Certificate
	  	85
			
	 ARTICLE XIII
	 	MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS	  	86
				
		 	 Section 13.01.
	 	 Amendment
	  	86
				
		 	 Section 13.02.
	 	 Protection of Right, Title and Interest to Trust
	  	87
				
		 	 Section 13.03.
	 	 Limitation on Rights of Certificateholders
	  	88
				
		 	 Section 13.04.
	 	 Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Agent for Service of Process
	  	89
				
		 	 Section 13.05.
	 	 Notices
	  	89
				
		 	 Section 13.06.
	 	 Severability of Provisions
	  	90
				
		 	 Section 13.07.
	 	 Assignment
	  	90
				
		 	 Section 13.08.
	 	 Certificates Non-Assessable and Fully Paid
	  	90
				
		 	 Section 13.09.
	 	 Further Assurances
	  	90
				
		 	 Section 13.10.
	 	 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies
	  	90
				
		 	 Section 13.11.
	 	 Counterparts
	  	91
				
		 	 Section 13.12.
	 	 Third-Party Beneficiaries
	  	91
				
		 	 Section 13.13.
	 	 Actions by Certificateholders
	  	91
				
		 	 Section 13.14.
	 	 Rule 144A Information
	  	91
				
		 	 Section 13.15.
	 	 Merger and Integration
	  	91
				
		 	 Section 13.16.
	 	 Headings
	  	91
				
		 	 Section 13.17.
	 	 Nonpetition Covenant
	  	91
				
		 	 Section 13.18.
	 	 Intention of Parties
	  	92
				
		 	 Section 13.19.
	 	 Fiscal Year
	  	92
			
	 ARTICLE XIV
	 	 SERIES SUPPLEMENTS AND CREDIT ENHANCEMENT MATTERS
	  	93
				
		 	 Section 14.01.
	 	 Updates to Series Supplements, Credit Enhancement Agreements and Related Documents
	  	93

  

 -iv- 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 EXHIBITS 
  

			
	 Exhibit A
	 	 Form of Transferor Certificate

	 Exhibit B
	 	 Form of Assignment of Receivables in Additional Accounts

	 Exhibit C
	 	 Form of Monthly Servicer’s Certificate

	 Exhibit D
	 	 Form of Annual Servicer’s Certificate

	 Exhibit E
	 	 Form of Opinion of Counsel Regarding Additional Accounts

	 Exhibit F
	 	 Form of Annual Opinion of Counsel

	 Exhibit G
	 	 Form of Reassignment of Receivables

	 Exhibit H
	 	 Form of Reconveyance of Receivables

		
		 	SCHEDULES
		
	 Schedule 1
	 	List of Accounts [Deemed Incorporated]
	 [Schedule 2
	 	List of Series Supplements to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement]

  

 -i- 

 THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) by and
among BA CREDIT CARD FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Funding”), as Transferor, FIA CARD SERVICES, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (formerly known as MBNA America Bank, National Association), a national banking association
(“FIA”), as Servicer, and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a banking corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, as Trustee, is made and entered into as of October 20, 2006. 
 WHEREAS, the Trustee and FIA have heretofore executed and delivered an Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of June 10,
2006, which amended and restated the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of August 4, 1994 (as amended and restated, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, the “Prior Pooling and Servicing
Agreement”); and 
 WHEREAS, FIA, as Seller under the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement, has determined to substitute Funding as
the Transferor under this Agreement in the place of FIA as the Seller under the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement, and the parties hereto desire to amend and restate in its entirety the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement, among other things,
to provide for the substitution of Funding for FIA, in such capacity. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements contained
herein, the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows and each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and the Certificateholders: 
 ARTICLE I 
 DEFINITIONS 
 Section 1.01. Definitions. Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the following
meanings: 
 “Account” shall mean each Initial Account, each Additional Account, and each Transferred Account. This term
includes an Additional Account only from and after the related Addition Date. This term does not include any Removed Accounts. This term does not include any Account from and after the date on which all of its Receivables have been reassigned to the
Transferor pursuant to subsection 2.04(d) or (e). 
 “Account Information” shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 2.02(b). 
 “Account Owner” shall mean FIA, and its successors and assigns, as the issuer of the credit card
relating to an Account pursuant to a Credit Card Agreement. 
 “Account Schedule” shall mean a complete schedule of all
Accounts that is attached to this Agreement and marked as Schedule 1. The Account Schedule may take the form of a computer file, a microfiche list, or another tangible medium that is commercially reasonable. The Account Schedule must identify each
Account by account number and by the balance of the Receivables existing in that Account on the Amendment Closing Date (for each Initial Account) or the related Addition Date (for each Additional Account). 
  

 1 

 “Accumulation Period” shall mean, with respect to any Series, or any Class within a
Series, a period following the Revolving Period, which shall be the accumulation or other period in which Collections of Principal Receivables are accumulated in an account for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders of such Series, or a
Class within such Series, in each case as defined with respect to such Series in the related Supplement. 
 “Addition Date”
shall have the meaning, for an Additional Account, set forth in the related Assignment. 
 “Additional Account” shall mean
each VISA,® MasterCard,® or American Express® credit card account* that is designated as an Account under Section 2.06 and the
related Assignment after the Amendment Closing Date and that is identified on the Account Schedule from and after the related Addition Date. 
 “Affiliate” shall mean, for any identified Person, any other Person that (a) is an affiliate or insider of that identified Person, (b) controls that identified Person, (c) is controlled by that identified
Person, or (d) is under common control with that identified Person. 
 “Aggregate Investor Default Amount” shall have,
with respect to any Series of Certificates, the meaning stated in the related Supplement. 
 “Aggregate Investor Interest”
shall mean, as of any date of determination, the sum of the Investor Interests of all Series of Certificates issued and outstanding on such date of determination. 
 “Aggregate Investor Percentage” with respect to Principal Receivables, Finance Charge Receivables and Receivables in Defaulted Accounts, as the case may be, shall mean, as of any date of
determination, the sum of such Investor Percentages of all Series of Certificates issued and outstanding on such date of determination; provided, however, that the Aggregate Investor Percentage shall not exceed 100%. 
 “Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this document. 
 “Amendment Closing Date” shall mean October 20, 2006. 
 “Amortization Period” shall mean, with respect to any Series, or any Class within a Series, a period following the Revolving Period
during which principal is distributed to Investor Certificateholders, which shall be the controlled amortization period, the principal amortization period, the rapid amortization period, or other amortization period, in each case as defined with
respect to such Series in the related Supplement. 
  

	*	VISA, MasterCard, and American Express are registered trademarks of VISA USA, Inc., MasterCard International Incorporated, and American Express Company, respectively.

  

 2 

 “Annual Membership Fee” shall mean an annual membership fee or similar fee that is
charged to an Account under the related Credit Card Agreement. 
 “Applicants” shall have the meaning specified in
Section 6.07. 
 “Appointment Day” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 9.02(a). 
 “Assignment” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 2.06(c)(ii). 
 “Authorized Newspaper” shall mean a newspaper of general circulation in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York printed in the
English language and customarily published on each Business Day, whether or not published on Saturdays, Sundays and holidays. 
 “Average Principal Receivables” shall mean, for any period, an amount equal to (a) the sum of the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables at the end of each day during such period divided by
(b) the number of days in such period. 
 “BACCS” shall mean Banc of America Consumer Card Services, LLC, a North
Carolina limited liability company, and its permitted successors and assigns. 
 “Bank Portfolio” shall mean the
MasterCard,® VISA,® and American Express® credit card accounts owned by the Account Owner. 
 “Bearer Certificates” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.01. 
 “Bearer Rules” shall mean the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, in effect from time to time, governing the treatment of bearer
obligations, including sections 163(f), 871, 881, 1441, 1442 and 4701, and any regulations thereunder including, to the extent applicable to any Series, Proposed or Temporary Regulations. 
 “Book-Entry Certificates” shall mean certificates evidencing a beneficial interest in the Investor Certificates, ownership and transfers
of which shall be made through book entries by a Clearing Agency as described in Section 6.10; provided, that after the occurrence of a condition whereupon book-entry registration and transfer are no longer authorized and Definitive
Certificates are to be issued to the Certificate Owners, such certificates shall no longer be “Book-Entry Certificates.” 
 “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York, or Newark, Delaware (or, with respect to any Series, any additional city specified in the
related Supplement) are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to be closed. 
 “Cash Advance Fee” shall mean a
cash advance fee or similar fee that is charged to an Account under the related Credit Card Agreement. 
 “Certificate”
shall mean any one of the Investor Certificates of any Series or the Transferor Certificate. 
  

 3 

 “Certificateholder” or “Holder” shall mean the Person in whose name a
Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register; if applicable, the holder of any Bearer Certificate or Coupon, as the case may be or such other Person deemed to be a “Certificateholder” or “Holder” in any Series
Supplement; and, if used with respect to the Transferor Interest, a Person in whose name the Transferor Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register or a Person in whose name ownership of the uncertificated interest in the Transferor
Interest is recorded in the books and records of the Trustee. 
 “Certificate Interest” shall mean interest payable in
respect of the Investor Certificates of any Series pursuant to Article IV of the Supplement for such Series. 
 “Certificate
Owner” shall mean, with respect to a Book-Entry Certificate, the Person who is the beneficial owner of such Book-Entry Certificate, as may be reflected on the books of the Clearing Agency, or on the books of a Person maintaining an account
with such Clearing Agency (directly or as an indirect participant, in accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency). 
 “Certificate Principal” shall mean principal payable in respect of the Investor Certificates of any Series pursuant to Article IV of this Agreement. 
 “Certificate Rate” shall mean, with respect to any Series of Certificates (or, for any Series with more than one Class, for each Class
of such Series), the percentage (or formula on the basis of which such rate shall be determined) stated in the related Supplement. 
 “Certificate Register” shall mean the register maintained pursuant to Section 6.03, providing for the registration of the Certificates and transfers and exchanges thereof. 
 “Class” shall mean, with respect to any Series, any one of the classes of Certificates of that Series as specified in the related
Supplement. 
 “Clearing Agency” shall mean an organization registered as a “clearing agency” pursuant to
Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
 “Clearing Agency Participant” shall mean a broker,
dealer, bank, other financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time a Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency.

 “Clearstream” shall mean Clearstream Banking, société anonyme and its successors and assigns. 

“Closing Date” shall mean, with respect to any Series, the date of issuance of such Series of Certificates, as specified in the
related Supplement. 
 “Collateral Interest” shall have the meaning, with respect to any Series, specified in the related
Supplement. 
 “Collection Account” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(a). 
  

 4 

 “Collections” shall mean all payments on Receivables in the form of cash, checks, wire
transfers, electronic transfers, ATM transfers, or any other form of payment. This term includes Recoveries and Insurance Proceeds. This term also includes the amount of Interchange (if any) allocable to any Series of Certificates pursuant to any
Supplement with respect to the related Monthly Period (to the extent received by the Trust and deposited into the Finance Charge Account or any Series Account, as the case may be, on the Transfer Date following the related Monthly Period), to be
applied as if such amount were Collections of Finance Charge Receivables for all purposes. This term also includes the amount deposited by the Transferor into the Finance Charge Account (or Series Account if provided in any Supplement) pursuant to
Section 2.08. 
 “Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
 “Companion Series” shall mean (i) each Series which has been paired with another Series (which Series may be prefunded or partially
prefunded), such that the reduction of the Investor Interest of such Series results in the increase of the Investor Interest of such other Series, as described in the related Supplements, and (ii) such other Series. 
 “Corporate Trust Office” shall mean the principal office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business
shall be administered, which office at the date of the execution of this Agreement is located at 101 Barclay Street, 8 West, New York, New York 10286. 
 “Coupon” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.01. 
 “Credit
Adjustment” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.03(c). 
 “Credit Card Agreement” shall mean, for any
VISA,® MasterCard,® or American Express® credit card account, the agreement (including any related statement under the Truth in
Lending Act) between the Account Owner and the related Obligor governing that account. 
 “Credit Card Guidelines” shall
mean the Account Owner’s policies and procedures (a) relating to the operation of its credit card business, including the policies and procedures for determining the creditworthiness of credit card customers and the extension of credit to
credit card customers, and (b) relating to the maintenance of credit card accounts and the collection of credit card receivables. 
 “Credit Enhancement” shall mean, with respect to any Series, the subordination, the cash collateral guaranty or account, collateral interest, letter of credit, surety bond, insurance policy, spread account, reserve account,
cross-support feature or any other contract or agreement for the benefit of the Certificateholders of such Series (or Certificateholders of a Class within such Series) as designated in the applicable Supplement. 
 “Credit Enhancement Provider” shall mean, with respect to any Series, the Person, if any, designated as such in the related Supplement.

 “Date of Processing” shall mean, with respect to any transaction, the date on which such transaction is first recorded on
the Servicer’s computer master file of MasterCard,® VISA® and American Express® credit card accounts (without regard to the effective date of such recordation). 
  

 5 

 “Debtor Relief Laws” shall mean (a) the United States Bankruptcy Code, (b) the
Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and (c) all other insolvency, bankruptcy, conservatorship, receivership, liquidation, reorganization, or other debtor relief laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. 
 “Default Amount” shall mean, with respect to any Defaulted Account, the amount of Principal Receivables (other than Ineligible
Receivables) in such Defaulted Account on the day such Account became a Defaulted Account. 
 “Defaulted Account” shall mean
any Account containing only Receivables that have been charged off as uncollectible under the Credit Card Guidelines and the Servicer’s customary and usual procedures for servicing credit card accounts. An Account becomes a Defaulted Account on
the date on which all of its Receivables are recorded as charged-off on the Servicer’s master computer file of credit card accounts. 
 “Definitive Certificate” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.10. 
 “Depository”
shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.10. 
 “Depository Agreement” shall mean, with respect to each Series,
the agreement among the Transferor, the Trustee and the Clearing Agency, or as otherwise provided in the related Supplement. 
 “Determination Date” shall mean, unless otherwise specified in the related Series Supplement, the fourth Business Day prior to each Transfer Date. 
 “Discount Option Receivables” shall mean, with respect to any Series, Principal Receivables designated by the Transferor that are
transferred to the Trustee at a specified discount, which discount is applied such that the discounted portion of Collections of such Principal Receivables are treated as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables, as specified with respect to such
Series in the related Supplement. 
 “Discount Option Receivable Collections” shall have the meaning specified in
Section 2.08. 
 “Discounted Percentage” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.08. 
 “Distribution Account” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(c). 
 “Distribution Date” shall mean, with respect to each Series, the dates specified in the related Supplement. 
 “Dollars”, “$” or “U.S. $” shall mean United States dollars. 
 “Draft Fee” shall mean a draft fee or similar fee that is charged to an Account under the related Credit Card Agreement. 
  

 6 

 “Eligible Account” shall mean any VISA,® MasterCard,® or American Express® credit card account
for which each of the following requirements is satisfied as of the date of its designation under the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement, in the case of any Initial Account, or as of the related Addition Date, in the case of any Additional
Account: 
 (a) it exists and is maintained by the Account Owner; 
 (b) its Receivables are payable in Dollars; 
 (c) the related Obligor’s most recent billing address is located in the United States or its territories or possessions; 
 (d) it is not classified on the Account Owner’s electronic records as counterfeit, cancelled, fraudulent, stolen, or lost; and

 (e) all of its Receivables have not been charged off as uncollectible under the Account Owner’s customary and usual
procedures for servicing credit card accounts. 
 “Eligible Receivable” shall mean any Receivable for which each of the
following requirements is satisfied as of the applicable time: 
 (a) it arises in an Eligible Account; 
 (b) it is created, in all material respects, in compliance with all Requirements of Law applicable to the Account Owner, and it is created
under a Credit Card Agreement that complies, in all material respects, with all Requirements of Law applicable to the Account Owner; 
 (c) all consents, licenses, approvals, or authorizations of, or registrations or declarations with, any Governmental Authority that are required for its creation or the execution, delivery, or performance of the related Credit Card
Agreement have been obtained or made by the Account Owner and are fully effective; 
 (d) immediately prior to it being
transferred to the Trustee, the Transferor has good and marketable title to it free and clear of all Liens arising through or under the Transferor or any of its Affiliates, except for any Lien for municipal or other local taxes if those taxes are
currently not due or if the Account Owner, BACCS, or the Transferor is currently in good faith contesting those taxes in appropriate proceedings and has set aside adequate reserves for those contested taxes; 
 (e) it is the legal, valid, and binding payment obligation of the related Obligor and is enforceable against that Obligor in accordance
with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws or general principles of equity; and 
 (f) it
is an account under Article 9 of the Delaware UCC. 
 “Eligible Servicer” shall mean the Trustee, a wholly-owned subsidiary
of the Trustee, or an entity which, at the time of its appointment as Servicer, (a) is servicing a portfolio 
  

 7 

 of consumer revolving credit card accounts or other consumer revolving credit accounts, (b) is legally qualified and
has the capacity to service the Receivables, (c) is qualified (or licensed) to use the software that the Servicer is then currently using to service the Receivables or obtains the right to use, or has its own, software which is adequate to
perform its duties under this Agreement, (d) has, in the reasonable judgment of the Trustee, demonstrated the ability to professionally and competently service a portfolio of similar accounts in accordance with customary standards of skill and
care and (e) has a net worth of at least $50,000,000 as of the end of its most recent fiscal quarter. 
 “Enhancement Invested
Amount” shall have the meaning, with respect to any Series, specified in the related Supplement. 
 “ERISA” shall
mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time. 
 “Euroclear Operator” shall mean
Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System, and its successors and assigns. 
 “Exchange Act” shall mean
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
 “Extended Trust Termination Date” shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 12.01(a). 
 “FDIC” shall mean the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. 
 “FIA” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement. 
 “Finance Charge Account” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(b). 
 “Finance Charge Receivable” shall mean any Receivable that is a Periodic Finance Charge, a Cash Advance Fee, a Late Fee, an Annual
Membership Fee, a Draft Fee, a Service Transaction Fee, or a similar fee or charge, including a charge for credit insurance. Finance Charge Receivables with respect to any Monthly Period shall include the amount of Interchange (if any) and Discount
Option Receivables (if any) and other amounts allocable to any Series of Certificates pursuant to any Supplement with respect to such Monthly Period (to the extent received by the Trustee and deposited into the Finance Charge Account or any Series
Account, as the case may be, on the Transfer Date following such Monthly Period). 
 “Floating Principal Allocation” shall
have the meaning specified in the related Supplement. 
 “Foreign Clearing Agency” shall mean Clearstream and the Euroclear
Operator. 
 “Funding” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement. 
 “Global Certificate” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.13. 
  

 8 

 “Governmental Authority” shall mean the United States of America or any individual
State, any political subdivision of the United States of America or any individual State, or any other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, or administrative functions of or pertaining to government. 
 “Group” shall mean, with respect to any Series, the group of Series in which the related Supplement specifies that such Series shall be
included. 
 “Holder of the Transferor Certificate” or “holder of the Transferor Certificate” shall mean
the Holder of the Transferor Certificate or the Holder of any uncertificated interest in the Transferor Interest. 
 “Ineligible
Receivable” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 2.04(d)(iii). 
 “Initial Account” shall mean each
VISA®, MasterCard®, or American Express® credit card account that was designated as an Account under the Prior Pooling and
Servicing Agreement and that is identified on the Account Schedule from and after the Amendment Closing Date. 
 “Initial Investor
Interest” shall mean, with respect to any Series of Certificates, the amount stated in the related Supplement. 
 “Insolvency Event” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 9.01(c). 
 “Insurance Proceeds”
shall mean all Insurance Proceeds (as defined in the Receivables Purchase Agreement) that are allocable to the Receivables transferred by the Transferor to the Trustee. 
 “Interchange” shall mean all Interchange (as defined in the Receivables Purchase Agreement) that is allocable to the Receivables transferred by the Transferor to the Trustee. 
 “Internal Revenue Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. 
 “Investment Company Act” shall mean the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time. 
 “Investor Account” shall mean each of the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account and the Distribution Account. 
 “Investor Certificate” shall mean any one of the certificates (including, without limitation, the Bearer Certificates, the Registered
Certificates or the Global Certificates) issued by the Trust, executed by the Transferor (or, prior to the Amendment Closing Date, executed by FIA as Seller under the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement) and authenticated by the Trustee
substantially in the form (or forms in the case of a Series with multiple classes) of the investor certificate attached to the related Supplement or such other interest in the Trust deemed to be an “Investor Certificate” in any related
Supplement. 
  

 9 

 “Investor Certificateholder” shall mean the holder of record of an Investor Certificate.

 “Investor Charge-Off” shall have, with respect to each Series, the meaning specified in the applicable Supplement.

 “Investor Default Amount” shall have, with respect to any Series of Certificates, the meaning stated in the related
Supplement. 
 “Investor Interest” shall have, with respect to any Series of Certificates, the meaning stated in the related
Supplement. 
 “Investor Percentage” shall have, with respect to Principal Receivables, Finance Charge Receivables and
Receivables in Defaulted Accounts, and any Series of Certificates, the meaning stated in the related Supplement. 
 “Investor
Servicing Fee” shall have, with respect to each Series, the meaning specified in Section 3.02. 
 “Late Fee”
shall mean a late fee or similar fee that is charged to an Account under the related Credit Card Agreement. 
 “Lien” shall
mean any security interest, lien, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, assignment, participation interest, equity interest, deposit arrangement, preference, priority, or other security or preferential arrangement of any kind
or nature. This term includes any conditional sale or other title retention arrangement and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any security or preferential arrangement. This term does not include any security
interest or other lien created in favor of the Trustee under the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement or any other document and does not include any assignment pursuant to Section 7.02. 
 “Maximum Addition Amount” shall mean, unless otherwise provided in a Supplement, with respect to any Addition Date, the number of
Accounts originated by the Account Owner and designated as Additional Accounts pursuant to Section 2.06 without prior Rating Agency confirmation of its then existing rating of any Series of Investor Certificates then issued and outstanding
described under subsection 2.06(c)(vii) which would either (a) with respect to any of the three consecutive Monthly Periods be equal to the product of (i) 15% and (ii) the number of Accounts as of the first day of the calendar year
during which such Monthly Periods commence or (b), with respect to any twelve-month period, equal the product of (i) 20% and (ii) the number of Accounts as of the first day of such twelve-month period; provided, however, that
if the aggregate principal balance in the Additional Accounts specified in clause (a) or (b) above, as the case may be, shall exceed either (y) the product of (i) 15% and (ii) the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables
determined as of the first day of the third preceding Monthly Period minus the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables as of the date each such Additional Account was added to the Trust in all of the Accounts owned by the Account Owner that
have been designated as Additional Accounts since the first day of the third preceding Monthly Period or (z) the product of (i) 20% and (ii) the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables determined as of the first day of the calendar
year in which such Addition Date occurs minus the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables as of the date each such Additional 
  

 10 

 Account was added to the Trust in all of the Accounts owned by the Account Owner that have been designated as Additional
Accounts since the first day of such calendar year, the Maximum Addition Amount shall be an amount equal to the lesser of the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables specified in either clause (y) or clause (z) of this proviso.

 “Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables” shall mean, unless otherwise provided in a Supplement relating to any Series,
as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of the numerators used in the calculation of the Investor Percentages with respect to Principal Receivables for all outstanding Series on such date; provided, that with respect to
any Series in its Accumulation Period or such other period as designated in the related Supplement with an Investor Interest as of such date of determination equal to the Principal Funding Account Balance relating to such Series taking into account
any deposit to be made to the Principal Funding Account on the Transfer Date following such date of determination, the numerator used in the calculation of the Investor Percentage with respect to Principal Receivables relating to such Series shall,
solely for the purpose of the definition of Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables, be deemed to equal zero. 
 “Minimum Transferor
Interest” shall mean 4% (or such other percentage as specified in the related Supplement) of the Average Principal Receivables; provided, however, that the Transferor may reduce the Minimum Transferor Interest upon
(w) delivery to the Trustee of a Tax Opinion with respect to such reduction, (x) 30 day’s prior notice to the Trustee, each Rating Agency and any Credit Enhancement Provider entitled to receive such notice pursuant to the relevant
Supplement, (y) written confirmation from the Rating Agency that such reduction will not result in the reduction or withdrawal of the respective ratings of each Rating Agency for any Series outstanding and (z) delivery to the Trustee and
each such Credit Enhancement Provider of an Officer’s Certificate stating that the Transferor reasonably believes that such reduction will not, based on the facts known to such officer at the time of such certification, then or thereafter cause
a Pay Out Event to occur with respect to any Series; provided further that the Minimum Transferor Interest shall not at any time be less than 2%. 
 “Monthly Period” shall mean, unless otherwise defined in any Supplement, the period from and including the first day of a calendar month to and including the last day of a calendar month. 

“Monthly Servicer Report” shall mean, a report substantially in the form attached as Exhibit C to this Agreement, with such changes
as the Transferor or the Servicer may determine to be necessary or desirable; provided, however, that no such change shall serve to exclude information required by the Agreement or any Supplement. 
 “Moody’s” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. 
 “New Issuance” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 6.09(b). 
 “New Issuance Date” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 6.09(b). 
 “New Issuance Notice” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 6.09(b). 
 “Notice Date” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 2.06(c)(i). 
  

 11 

 “Obligor” shall mean, for any VISA,® MasterCard,® or American Express® credit card account, any Person obligated to make payments on receivables in that account. This term includes any guarantor but excludes any
merchant. 
 “Officer’s Certificate” shall mean a certificate signed by any Vice President or more senior officer of
the Transferor or the Servicer, as applicable, and delivered to the Trustee. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” shall mean a written
opinion of counsel, who may be counsel for or an employee of the Person providing the opinion, and who shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee; provided, however, that any Tax Opinion or other opinion relating to federal income
tax matters shall be an opinion of nationally recognized tax counsel. 
 “Participations” shall have the meaning specified
in subsection 2.06(a)(ii). 
 “Pay Out Commencement Date” shall mean, (a) with respect to each Series, the date on
which a Trust Pay Out Event is deemed to occur pursuant to Section 9.01 or (b) with respect to any Series, the date on which a Series Pay Out Event is deemed to occur pursuant to the Supplement for such Series. 
 “Pay Out Event” shall mean, with respect to each Series, a Trust Pay Out Event or a Series Pay Out Event. 
 “Paying Agent” shall mean any paying agent appointed pursuant to Section 6.06 and shall initially be the Trustee. 
 “Periodic Finance Charge” shall mean a finance charge determined by periodic rate or similar charge that is charged to an Account under
the related Credit Card Agreement. 
 “Permitted Activities” shall mean the primary activities of the Trust, which are:
(a) holding Receivables transferred under this Agreement (including under the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement) and the other assets of the Trust, which assets can not be contrary to the status of the Trust as a qualified special purpose
entity under existing accounting literature; (b) issuing Certificates and other interests in the Trust assets; (c) receiving Collections and making payments on such Certificates and interests in accordance with the terms of this Agreement
and any Series Supplement; and (d) engaging in other activities that are necessary or incidental to accomplish these limited purposes, which activities can not be contrary to the status of the Trust as a qualified special purpose entity under
existing accounting literature. 
 “Permitted Investments” shall mean, unless otherwise provided in the Supplement with
respect to any Series (a) instruments, investment property or other property consisting of (i) obligations of or fully guaranteed by the United States of America; (ii) time deposits or certificates of deposit of any depositary
institution or trust company incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof (or domestic branches of foreign depository institutions or trust companies) and subject to supervision and examination by federal or state
banking or depositary institution authorities; provided, however, that at the time of the Trust’s investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, the certificates of deposit or short-term deposits of such depositary
institution or trust company shall have a credit rating from Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch of P-1, A-1+ and F1+, respectively; (iii) commercial paper having, at the time of the Trust’s investment or contractual
commitment to invest therein, a rating from 
  

 12 

 Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch of P-1, A-1+ and F1+, respectively; (iv) bankers’
acceptances issued by any depository institution or trust company described in clause (a)(ii) above; and (v) investments in money market funds rated AAA-m or AAA-mg by Standard & Poor’s, Aaa by Moody’s, and AAA or V1+ by
Fitch, or otherwise approved in writing by each Rating Agency; (b) demand deposits in the name of the Trust or the Trustee in any depositary institution or trust company referred to in clause (a)(ii) above; (c) uncertificated securities
that are registered in the name of the Trustee by the issuer thereof and identified by the Trustee as held for the benefit of the Certificateholders, and consisting of shares of an open end diversified investment company which is registered under
the Investment Company Act and which (i) invests its assets exclusively in obligations of or guaranteed by the United States of America or any instrumentality or agency thereof having in each instance a final maturity date of less than one year
from their date of purchase or other Permitted Investments, (ii) seeks to maintain a constant net asset value per share, (iii) has aggregate net assets of not less than $100,000,000 on the date of purchase of such shares and
(iv) which each Rating Agency designates in writing will not result in a withdrawal or downgrading of its then current rating of any Series rated by it; and (d) any other investment if each Rating Agency confirms in writing that such
investment will not adversely affect its then current rating of the Investor Certificates. This term does not include any investment in the Account Owner or BACCS or any obligation or liability of the Account Owner or BACCS. 
 “Person” shall mean any person or entity of any nature. This term includes any individual, corporation, limited liability company,
partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or Governmental Authority. 
 “Pool Index File” shall mean the file on the Account Owner’s computer system that identifies the Accounts. 
 “Principal Account” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(b). 
 “Principal Funding Account” shall have the meaning specified in the related Supplement. 
 “Principal Funding Account Balance” shall have the meaning specified in the related Supplement. 
 “Principal Receivable” shall mean any Receivable other than (i) a Finance Charge Receivable or (ii) a Receivable in a
Defaulted Account. In calculating the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in an Account on any date, the gross amount of Principal Receivables in the Account on that date must be reduced by the aggregate amount of credit balances in the
Account on that date. Any Receivables which the Transferor is unable to transfer as provided in subsection 2.05(d) shall not be included in calculating the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables, except as otherwise provided in such subsection.

 “Principal Shortfalls” shall mean, with respect to a Transfer Date, the aggregate amount for all outstanding Series that
the related Supplements specify are “Principal Shortfalls” for such Transfer Date. 
  

 13 

 “Principal Terms” shall have the meaning, with respect to any Series issued pursuant to
a New Issuance, specified in subsection 6.09(c). 
 “Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement” shall have the meaning specified
in the recitals of this Agreement. 
 “Private Holder” shall mean each holder of a right to receive interest or principal in
respect of any direct or indirect interest in the Trust including any financial instrument or contract the value of which is determined in whole or in part by reference to the Trust (including the Trust’s assets, income of the Trust or
distributions made by the Trust), excluding any interest in the Trust represented by any Series or Class of Investor Certificates or any other interest as to which the Transferor has provided to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that
such Series, Class or other interest will be treated as debt or otherwise not as an equity interest in either the Trust or the Receivables for federal income tax purposes, in each case, provided such interest is not convertible or exchangeable into
an interest in the Trust or the Trust’s income or equivalent value. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, (i) “Private Holder” shall also include any other Person that the Transferor determines is (or may be) a
“partner” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.7704-1(h)(1)(ii) (including by reason of section 1.7704-1(h)(3)) and (ii) unless the Transferor otherwise determines, “Private Holder” shall not include any
holder that would otherwise be considered a Private Holder solely by reason of having acquired a direct or indirect interest in the Trust issued prior to December 4, 1995. Initially, the Private Holders include the holders of the Transferor
Certificate or any interest therein, of any Collateral Interest, of any Enhancement Invested Amount, and of any similar interests in the Trust represented by any other Class of any Series of Certificates issued on or after December 4, 1995, and
the Servicer. Any Person holding more than one interest in the Trust each of which separately would cause such Person to be a Private Holder shall be treated as a single Private Holder. Each holder of an interest in a Private Holder which is a
partnership, S corporation or grantor trust under the Internal Revenue Code shall be treated as a Private Holder unless excepted with the consent of the Transferor (which consent shall be based on an Opinion of Counsel generally to the effect that
the action taken pursuant to the consent will not cause the Trust to become a publicly traded partnership treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes). 
 “Qualified Institution” shall mean (i) a depositary institution, which may include the Trustee, organized under the laws of the United States or any one of the States thereof including the
District of Columbia, the deposits in which are insured by the FDIC and which at all times has a short-term unsecured debt rating of at least A-1+ by Standard & Poor’s, P-1 by Moody’s and F1 by Fitch or (ii) a depositary
institution acceptable to the Rating Agency; provided, however, that an institution which shall have corporate trust powers and which maintains the Collection Account, the Principal Account, the Finance Charge Account, any Series
Account or any other account maintained for the benefit of Certificateholders as a fully segregated trust account with the trust department of such institution shall not be required to meet the foregoing rating requirements, and need only at all
times have a long-term unsecured debt rating of at least Baa3 by Moody’s so long as Moody’s is a Rating Agency and of at least BBB by Fitch so long as Fitch is a Rating Agency. 
  

 14 

 “Rating Agency” shall mean, with respect to each Series, the rating agency or agencies,
if any, selected by the Transferor to rate the Certificates, as specified in the related Supplement. 
 “Reassignment” shall
have the meaning specified in subsection 2.07(b)(ii). 
 “Reassignment Date” shall have the meaning specified in subsection
2.04(e). 
 “Receivable” shall mean any amount payable on an Account by the related Obligors. This term includes Principal
Receivables and Finance Charge Receivables. 
 “Receivables Purchase Agreement” shall mean the Receivables Purchase
Agreement dated as of October 20, 2006 by and between BACCS and Funding, and acknowledged and accepted by The Bank of New York, as Trustee, and FIA, as Servicer, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. 
 “Record Date” shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, the last Business Day of the preceding Monthly Period. 
 “Recoveries” shall mean all Recoveries (as defined in the Receivables Purchase Agreement) that are allocable to the Receivables
transferred by the Transferor to the Trustee. 
 “Registered Certificates” shall have the meaning specified in
Section 6.01. 
 “Regulation AB” shall mean Subpart 229.1100 – Asset Backed Securities (Regulation AB), 17 C.F.R.
§§229.1100-229.1123, as such may be amended from time to time, and subject to such clarification and interpretation as have been provided by the Commission in the adopting release (Asset-Backed Securities, Securities Act Release
No. 33-8518, 70 Fed. Reg. 1,506, 1,531 (January 7, 2005)) or by the staff of the Commission, or as may be provided by the Commission or its staff from time to time. 
 “Removal Date” shall have the meaning, for a Removed Account, set forth in the related Reassignment. 
 “Removal Notice Date” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 2.07(a). 
 “Removed Accounts” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 2.07(a). For the avoidance of doubt, Zero Balance Accounts designated by the Transferor pursuant to subsection 2.07(c) shall be Removed Accounts. 

“Requirements of Law” for any Person shall mean (a) any certificate of incorporation, certificate of formation, articles of
association, bylaws, limited liability company agreement, or other organizational or governing documents of that Person and (b) any law, treaty, statute, regulation, or rule, or any determination by a Governmental Authority or arbitrator, that
is applicable to or binding on that Person or to which that Person is subject. This term includes usury laws, the Truth in Lending Act, and Regulation Z and Regulation B of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. 
  

 15 

 “Responsible Officer” shall mean any officer within the Corporate Trust Office (or any
successor group of the Trustee), including any Vice President, any Assistant Secretary or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any person who at the time shall be an above-designated officer
and also, with respect to a particular officer to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 
 “Revolving Credit Agreement” shall mean the Revolving Credit Agreement by and between Funding and BACCS, dated as of May 10, 2006,
as such agreement may be amended from time to time in accordance therewith, or any substantially similar agreement entered into between any lender and Funding. 
 “Revolving Period” shall have, with respect to each Series, the meaning specified in the related Supplement. 
 “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
 “Securitization Act” shall have the meaning specified in Section 13.18. 
 “Seller” shall
mean FIA, in its capacity as “Seller” under the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement, and its successors in interest and permitted assigns. 
 “Series” shall mean any series of Investor Certificates, which may include within any such Series a Class or Classes of Investor Certificates subordinate to another such Class or Classes of Investor
Certificates. 
 “Series Account” shall mean any account or accounts established pursuant to a Supplement for the benefit of
such Series. 
 “Series Pay Out Event” shall have, with respect to any Series, the meaning specified pursuant to the
Supplement for the related Series. 
 “Series Servicing Fee Percentage” shall mean, with respect to any Series, the amount
specified in the related Supplement. 
 “Series Termination Date” shall mean, with respect to any Series of Certificates,
the date stated in the related Supplement. 
 “Service Transaction Fee” shall mean a service transaction fee or similar fee
that is charged to an Account under the related Credit Card Agreement. 
 “Servicer” shall mean initially FIA and thereafter
any Person appointed as successor as herein provided to service the Receivables. 
 “Servicer Default” shall have the
meaning specified in Section 10.01. 
 “Servicing Fee” shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.02.

 “Servicing Officer” shall mean any officer of the Servicer involved in, or responsible for, the administration and
servicing of the Receivables whose name appears on a list of servicing officers furnished to the Transferor and the Trustee by the Servicer, as such list may from time to time be amended. 
  

 16 

 “Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections” shall mean, with respect to any Transfer
Date, the aggregate amount for all outstanding Series that the related Supplements specify are to be treated as “Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections” for such Transfer Date. 
 “Shared Principal Collections” shall mean, with respect to any Transfer Date, the aggregate amount for all outstanding Series that the
related Supplements specify are to be treated as “Shared Principal Collections” for such Transfer Date. 
 “Standard & Poor’s” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services. 
 “Successor Servicer” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 10.02(a). 
 “Supplement” or
“Series Supplement” shall mean, with respect to any Series, a supplement to this Agreement complying with the terms of Section 6.09 of this Agreement, executed in conjunction with any issuance of any Series of Certificates.

 “Tax Opinion” shall mean with respect to any action, an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, for federal income tax
purposes, (a) such action will not adversely affect the tax characterization as debt of Investor Certificates of any outstanding Series or Class that were characterized as debt at the time of their issuance, (b) following such action the
Trust will not be deemed to be an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation and (c) such action will not cause or constitute an event in which gain or loss would be recognized by any Investor Certificateholder or the
Trust. 
 “Termination Notice” shall have, with respect to any Series, the meaning specified in subsection 10.01(d).

 “Transfer Agent and Registrar” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.03 and shall initially be the
Trustee’s Corporate Trust Office. 
 “Transfer Date” shall mean, unless otherwise specified in the related Supplement,
with respect to any Series, the Business Day immediately prior to each Distribution Date. 
 “Transferor” shall mean Funding
and its successors in interest and permitted assigns. 
 “Transferor Certificate” shall mean, if the Transferor elects to
evidence its interest in the Transferor Interest in certificated form pursuant to Section 6.01, a certificate executed and delivered by the Transferor and authenticated by the Trustee substantially in the form of Exhibit A; provided,
that at any time there shall be only one Transferor Certificate; provided further, that in any Supplement, “Transferor Certificate” shall mean either a certificate executed and delivered by the Transferor and authenticated by
the Trustee substantially in the form of Exhibit A or the uncertificated interest in the Transferor Interest. 
  

 17 

 “Transferor Interest” shall mean, on any date of determination, the aggregate amount of
Principal Receivables and the principal amount on deposit in any Principal Funding Account (as defined in any Supplement) at the end of the day immediately prior to such date of determination, minus the Aggregate Investor Interest at the end
of such day, minus the aggregate Enhancement Invested Amounts, if any, for each Series outstanding at the end of such day, minus the aggregate Collateral Interests not included in the Aggregate Investor Interests, if any, for each
Series outstanding at the end of such day. 
 “Transferor Percentage” shall mean, on any date of determination, when used
with respect to Principal Receivables, Finance Charge Receivables and Receivables in Defaulted Accounts, a percentage equal to 100% minus the Aggregate Investor Percentage with respect to such categories of Receivables. 
 “Transferor Servicing Fee” shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.02. 
 “Transferred Account” shall mean any VISA,® MasterCard,® or American Express® credit card account (a) into which all of the Receivables in an Account are transferred because the related credit card was lost or stolen or the
related credit card program was changed, if the Credit Card Guidelines do not require a new application or credit evaluation, and (b) that can be traced or identified by reference to the Account Schedule and the computer or other records of the
Servicer. 
 “Trust” shall mean BA Master Credit Card Trust II, the trust heretofore created and continued by this
Agreement. 
 “Trust Assets” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.01. 
 “Trust Extension” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 12.01(a). 
 “Trust Pay Out Event” shall have, with respect to each Series, the meaning specified in Section 9.01. 
 “Trust Termination Date” shall mean the earliest to occur of (i) unless a Trust Extension shall have occurred, the first Business
Day after the Distribution Date on which the Investor Interest, the Collateral Interest, the Enhancement Invested Amount and any other interest issued by the Trust, as applicable, for each Series is zero, (ii) if a Trust Extension shall have
occurred, the Extended Trust Termination Date, (iii) December 31, 2024 and (iv) the date of any termination pursuant to Section 9.02(b). 
 “Trustee” shall mean The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, and its successors and any corporation resulting from or surviving any consolidation or merger to which it or its successors
may be a party and any successor trustee appointed as herein provided. 
 “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code of
the applicable jurisdiction. 
 “Undivided Interest” shall mean the undivided interest in the Trust evidenced by an Investor
Certificate. 
  

 18 

 “Zero Balance Account” shall mean an Account with a Receivable balance of zero which the
Transferor designates under subsection 2.07(c). 
 “Zero Balance Account Removal Date” shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 2.07(c). 
 Section 1.02. Other Definitional Provisions. 
 (a) All terms defined in any Supplement or this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered
pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein. 
 (b) As used herein and in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant
hereto or thereto, accounting terms not defined in Section 1.01, and accounting terms partially defined in Section 1.01 to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under generally accepted accounting
principles or regulatory accounting principles, as applicable. To the extent that the definitions of accounting terms herein are inconsistent with the meanings of such terms under generally accepted accounting principles or regulatory accounting
principles, the definitions contained herein shall control. 
 (c) The agreements, representations and warranties of FIA in this Agreement
and in any Supplement in its capacity as the Servicer shall be deemed to be the agreements, representations and warranties of FIA solely in such capacity for so long as FIA acts in such capacity under this Agreement. 
 (d) The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to any
Supplement or this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement or any Supplement; and Section, subsection, Schedule and Exhibit references contained in this Agreement or any Supplement are references to Sections,
subsections, Schedules and Exhibits in or to this Agreement or any Supplement unless otherwise specified. 
 [End of Article I] 
  

 19 

 ARTICLE II 
 CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES; 
 ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES 
 Section 2.01. Conveyance of Receivables. The Transferor hereby transfers, assigns, sets over, and otherwise conveys to the Trustee, without
recourse, all of the Transferor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Receivables existing at the close of business on the Amendment Closing Date, in the case of Receivables arising in the Initial Accounts (including all related
Transferred Accounts), and at the close of business on the related Addition Date, in the case of Receivables arising in the Additional Accounts (including all related Transferred Accounts), and in each case thereafter created from time to time in
such Accounts until the termination of the Trust, all monies due or to become due with respect to such Receivables (including all Finance Charge Receivables), all Interchange allocable to the Trust as provided herein, all proceeds of such
Receivables, Insurance Proceeds and Recoveries relating to such Receivables and the proceeds thereof. The Transferor does hereby further transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to the Trustee all of the Transferor’s rights, remedies,
powers, privileges and claims under or with respect to the Receivables Purchase Agreement (whether arising pursuant to the terms of the Receivables Purchase Agreement or otherwise available to the Transferor at law or in equity), including, without
limitation, the rights of the Transferor to enforce the Receivables Purchase Agreement and to give or withhold any and all consents, requests, notices, directions, approvals, extensions or waivers under or with respect to the Receivables Purchase
Agreement to the same extent as the Transferor could but for the assignment thereof to the Trustee. The property described in the two preceding sentences, together with all monies and other property on deposit in the Principal Account, the Finance
Charge Account, the Series Accounts and any Series Enhancement shall constitute the assets of the Trust (the “Trust Assets”). The foregoing does not constitute and is not intended to result in the creation or assumption by the
Trust, the Trustee, any Investor Certificateholder or any Series Enhancer of any obligation of the Transferor, the Servicer, the Account Owner or any other Person in connection with the Accounts or the Receivables or under any agreement or
instrument relating thereto, including any obligation to Obligors, merchant banks, merchants’ clearance systems, VISA, MasterCard, American Express or insurers. 
 In connection with such transfer, assignment, set-over and conveyance, the Transferor agrees to record and file, at its own expense, all financing statements (including any amendments of financing statements and
continuation statements when applicable) with respect to the Receivables now existing and hereafter created for the transfer of accounts (as defined in the Delaware UCC) meeting the requirements of applicable state law in such manner and in such
jurisdictions as are necessary to perfect and to maintain the perfection of the assignment of the Receivables to the Trustee, and to deliver a file-stamped copy of such financing statements, amendments of financing statements or continuation
statements or other evidence of such filings to the Trustee on or prior to the Amendment Closing Date, and in the case of any amendments of financing statements or continuation statements filed pursuant to this Section 2.01, as soon as
practicable after receipt thereof by the Transferor. The foregoing transfer, assignment, set-over and conveyance shall be made to the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, and each reference in this Agreement to such transfer, assignment, set-over and
conveyance shall be construed accordingly. 
  

 20 

 In connection with such transfer, the Transferor agrees, at its own expense, (i) on or prior to
(A) the Amendment Closing Date, in the case of the Initial Accounts, and (B) the applicable Addition Date, in the case of the Additional Accounts, to indicate in its books and records (including the appropriate computer files) that
Receivables created in connection with the Accounts (other than Removed Accounts) and the related Trust Assets have been transferred to the Trustee pursuant to this Agreement for the benefit of the Certificateholders, and (ii) on or prior to
each such date referred to in clause (i), to deliver to the Trustee an Account Schedule. Each Account Schedule, as supplemented from time to time, shall be marked as Schedule 1 to this Agreement, delivered to the Trustee as
confidential and proprietary, and is hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement. Once the books and records (including the appropriate computed files) referenced in clause (i) of this paragraph have been indicated with respect
to any Account, the Transferor further agrees not to alter such indication during the term of this Agreement unless and until such Account becomes a Removed Account or a Defaulted Account. The Transferor further agrees to deliver to the Trustee on a
bi-monthly basis, and as promptly as possible after the Trustee may at any time request, an updated Account Schedule, which shall be true and complete and, if so requested by the Trustee, which shall be delivered to the Trustee as promptly as
possible after the Trustee may at any time request tracing information with respect to Transferred Accounts. 
 The Accounts shall be
identified in the Pool Index File with the designation “1994-MT”, and the Transferor shall not instruct or authorize the Account Owner to alter such file designation with respect to any Account during the term of this Agreement unless and
until an Account becomes a Removed Account or a Defaulted Account. 
 The parties hereto intend that each transfer of Receivables and other
property pursuant to this Agreement or any Assignment constitute a sale, and not a secured borrowing, for accounting purposes. If, and to the extent that, notwithstanding such intent, the transfer pursuant to this Section 2.01 is not deemed to
be a sale, the Transferor shall be deemed hereunder to have granted and does hereby grant to the Trustee a first priority perfected security interest in all of the Transferor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Receivables existing
at the close of business on the Amendment Closing Date, in the case of Receivables arising in the Initial Accounts (including all related Transferred Accounts), and at the close of business on the day preceding the related Addition Date, in the case
of Receivables arising in the Additional Accounts (including all related Transferred Accounts), and in each case thereafter created from time to time in such Accounts until the termination of the Trust, all moneys due or to become due with respect
to such Receivables (including all Finance Charge Receivables), all proceeds of such Receivables and all Insurance Proceeds and Recoveries relating to such Receivables and all proceeds thereof and all of the Transferor’s rights, remedies,
powers, privileges and claims under or with respect to the Receivables Purchase Agreement (whether arising pursuant to the terms of the Receivables Purchase Agreement or otherwise available to the Transferor at law or in equity), including without
limitation, the rights of the Transferor to enforce the Receivables Purchase Agreement and to give or withhold any and all consents, requests, notices, directions, approvals, extensions or waivers under or with respect to the Receivables Purchase
Agreement to the same extent as the Transferor could but for the assignment thereof to the Trustee, and this Agreement shall constitute a security agreement under applicable law. 
  

 21 

 Pursuant to the request of the Transferor, the Trustee shall cause Certificates in authorized
denominations evidencing interests in the Trust to be duly authenticated and delivered to or upon the order of the Transferor pursuant to Section 6.02. 
 By executing this Agreement and the Receivables Purchase Agreement, the parties hereto and thereto do not intend to (i) cancel, release or in any way impair the conveyance made by FIA in its capacity as
“Seller” under the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement or (ii) impair or negate the legal effect of the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement prior to the execution of this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, the parties
hereto acknowledge and agree as follows: 
 (a) The Trust created by and maintained under the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement shall
continue to exist and be maintained under this Agreement. 
 (b) All series of investor certificates issued under the Prior Pooling and
Servicing Agreement shall constitute Series issued and outstanding under this Agreement, and any supplement executed in connection with such series shall constitute a Supplement executed hereunder. 
 (c) All references to the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement in any other instruments or documents shall be deemed to constitute references to this
Agreement. All references in such instruments or documents to FIA in its capacity as “Seller” of receivables and related assets under the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement shall be deemed to include reference to Funding in its capacity
as “Transferor” of receivables and related assets hereunder. 
 (d) Subject to clause (f) below, Funding hereby agrees to
perform all obligations of FIA, in its capacity as “Seller” (but not as “Servicer”), under or in connection with the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement (as amended and restated by this Agreement) and any supplements to the
Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 
 (e) To the extent this Agreement requires that certain actions are to be taken as of a date prior
to the date of this Agreement, FIA’s taking of such action under the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement shall constitute satisfaction of such requirement. 
 (f) All representations, warranties and covenants of FIA made in the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement and any Assignment of Additional Accounts with respect to Receivables transferred to the Trust prior to the
Amendment Closing Date, shall remain in full force and effect. 
 The Trust created and maintained under the Prior Pooling and Servicing
Agreement and continued and maintained under this Agreement is named “BA Master Credit Card Trust II” and is separate and distinct from the Transferor, the Servicer, and each Certificateholder. The BA Master Credit Card Trust II is
formerly known as the MBNA Master Credit Card Trust II. It is the intention of the parties hereto that the Trust constitute a common law trust (as opposed to a trust created under Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code) under the laws of the
State of Delaware and that this Agreement constitute the governing instrument of such Trust. The Trust, and the Trustee on its behalf, shall engage only in Permitted Activities. 
  

 22 

 Section 2.02. Acceptance by Trustee. 
 (a) The Trustee hereby acknowledges its acceptance, on behalf of the Trust, of all right, title and interest to the property now existing and hereafter
created, conveyed to the Trustee pursuant to Section 2.01, and declares that it shall maintain such right, title and interest, upon the Trust herein set forth, for the benefit of all Certificateholders. The Trustee further acknowledges that, on
or prior to the Amendment Closing Date, the Transferor delivered to the Trustee the Account Schedule relating to the Initial Accounts. 
 (b)
The Trustee hereby agrees not to disclose to any Person any of the account numbers or other information contained in the Account Schedules delivered to the Trustee by the Transferor pursuant to Sections 2.01, 2.06 and 2.07 (“Account
Information”) except as is required in connection with the performance of its duties hereunder or in enforcing the rights of the Certificateholders or to a Successor Servicer appointed pursuant to Section 10.02, as mandated pursuant to any
Requirement of Law applicable to the Trustee or as requested by any Person in connection with financing statements filed pursuant to this Agreement, the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the Receivables Purchase Agreement. The Trustee agrees
to take such measures as shall be reasonably requested by the Account Owner or the Transferor to protect and maintain the security and confidentiality of such information, and, in connection therewith, shall allow the Account Owner or the Transferor
to inspect the Trustee’s security and confidentiality arrangements from time to time during normal business hours. In the event that the Trustee is required by law to disclose any Account Information, the Trustee shall provide the Account Owner
or the Transferor with prompt written notice, unless such notice is prohibited by law, of any such request or requirement so that the Account Owner and the Transferor may request a protective order or other appropriate remedy. The Trustee shall make
best efforts to provide the Account Owner and the Transferor with written notice no later than five days prior to any disclosure pursuant to this subsection 2.02(b). 
 (c) The Trustee shall have no power to create, assume or incur indebtedness or other liabilities in the name of the Trust other than as contemplated in this Agreement. 
 Section 2.03. Representations and Warranties of the Transferor. The Transferor hereby represents and warrants to the Trust as
of the Amendment Closing Date: 
 (a) The Transferor is a limited liability company duly formed and validly existing in good standing under
the laws of the State of Delaware. The Transferor has full power and authority, in all material respects, to own its properties as currently owned, to conduct its business as currently conducted, and to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations
under this Agreement. 
 (b) In all material respects, in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business requires, the Transferor is
duly qualified to do business, is in good standing, and has all necessary licenses and approvals. 
 (c) The Transferor has duly authorized,
by all necessary limited liability company action, its execution and delivery of this Agreement and its consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 
  

 23 

 (d) The Transferor’s execution and delivery of this Agreement, its performance of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement, and its fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement do not conflict with, breach any material term of, or cause a material default under (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) any indenture, contract,
agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, or other instrument to which the Transferor is a party or by which the Transferor or any of its properties are bound. 
 (e) The Transferor’s execution and delivery of this Agreement, its performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and its fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement do not conflict with or
violate any Requirement of Law applicable to the Transferor. 
 (f) No proceeding or investigation against the Transferor is pending or, to
the best of the Transferor’s knowledge, threatened before any Governmental Authority that (A) asserts that this Agreement is invalid, (B) seeks to prevent the consummation of any transaction contemplated by this Agreement,
(C) seeks any determination or ruling that, in the Transferor’s reasonable judgment, would materially and adversely affect the Transferor’s performance under this Agreement, or (D) seeks any determination or ruling that would
materially and adversely affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement. 
 (g) As of the Amendment Date, no selection procedures
adverse to the Investor Certificateholders have been employed by the Transferor in selecting the related Accounts. 
 (h) The Transferor has
obtained all approvals, authorizations, licenses, consents, and orders required of any Person in connection with the Transferor’s execution and delivery of this Agreement, its performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and
its fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement. 
 The representations and warranties set forth in this Section 2.03 shall survive the
transfer and assignment of the Receivables to the Trustee. The Transferor hereby represents and warrants to the Trustee, with respect to any Series of Certificates, as of its Closing Date, unless otherwise stated in such Supplement, that the
representations and warranties of the Transferor set forth in Section 2.03 are true and correct as of such date. Upon discovery by the Transferor, the Servicer or the Trustee of a breach of any of the foregoing representations and warranties,
the party discovering such breach shall give prompt written notice to the others. 
 Section 2.04. Representations
and Warranties of the Transferor Relating to the Agreement and the Receivables. 
 (a) Binding Obligation; Valid Transfer and
Assignment. The Transferor hereby represents and warrants to the Trustee as of the Amendment Closing Date and each subsequent Closing Date, and with respect to any Additional Accounts, on each related Addition Date occurring after the Amendment
Closing Date that: 
 (i) The Receivables Purchase Agreement, this Agreement, and each Supplement each constitutes a legal,
valid and binding obligation of the Transferor, enforceable against the Transferor in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws or general principles of equity. 
  

 24 

 (ii) This Agreement constitutes either (A) a valid sale to the Trustee of the
Receivables or (B) a grant of a security interest in favor of the Trustee in the Receivables, and that sale or security interest is perfected under the Delaware UCC. 
 (b) Eligibility of Receivables. The Transferor hereby represents and warrants to the Trustee as of the Amendment Closing Date, in the case of any Initial Account and the related Receivables, and as of each
Addition Date, in the case of any related Additional Account and the related Receivables, as the case may be, that: 
 (i) As
of the related Addition Date, in the case of any Additional Account, each Receivable existing in that Account is an Eligible Receivable. 
 (ii) Each related Receivable existing on the Amendment Closing Date, in the case of any Initial Account, or as of the related Addition Date, in the case of any Additional Account, is conveyed to the Trustee free and
clear of any Lien arising through or under the Transferor or any of its Affiliates (except for any Lien for municipal or other local taxes if those taxes are currently not due or if the Account Owner, BACCS, or the Transferor is currently in good
faith contesting those taxes in appropriate proceedings and has set aside adequate reserves for those contested taxes) in compliance in all material respects with all Requirements of Law applicable to the Transferor. 
 (iii) All consents, licenses, approvals, or authorizations of, or registrations or declarations with, any Governmental Authority that are
required in connection with the conveyance of each related Receivable to the Trustee have been obtained or made by the Transferor and are fully effective. 
 (iv) On any date after the Amendment Closing Date, in the case of any Initial Account, or after the related Addition Date, in the case of any Additional Account, on which any new Receivable is created, that each such
Receivables is an Eligible Receivable. Each related Receivable arising after the Amendment Closing Date, in the case of any Initial Account, or after the related Addition Date, in the case of any Additional Account, is conveyed by the Transferor to
the Trustee free and clear of any Lien arising through or under the Transferor or any of its Affiliates (except for any Lien for municipal or other local taxes if those taxes are currently not due or if the Account Owner, BACCS, or the Transferor is
currently in good faith contesting those taxes in appropriate proceedings and has set aside adequate reserves for those contested taxes) in compliance in all material respects with all Requirements of Law applicable to the Transferor. 
 (v) As of the Amendment Closing Date and as of each Addition Date, the Account Schedule identifies all of the existing Accounts.

 (c) Notice of Breach. The representations and warranties set forth in this Section 2.04 shall survive the transfer and
assignment of the Receivables to the Trustee. Upon discovery by the Transferor, the Servicer or the Trustee of a breach of any of the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 2.04, the party discovering such breach shall give
prompt written notice to the other parties mentioned above. The Transferor agrees to cooperate with the Servicer and the Trustee in attempting to cure any such breach. 
  

 25 

 (d) Transfer of Ineligible Receivables. 
 (i) Automatic Removal. In the event of a breach with respect to a Receivable of any representations and warranties set forth in
subsection 2.04(b)(ii), or in the event that a Receivable is not an Eligible Receivable as a result of the failure to satisfy the conditions set forth in clause (d) of the definition of Eligible Receivable, and any of the following three
conditions is met: (A) as a result of such breach or event such Receivable is charged off as uncollectible or the Trustee’s rights in, to or under such Receivable or its proceeds are impaired or the proceeds of such Receivable are not
available for any reason to the Trustee free and clear of any Lien; (B) the Lien upon the subject Receivable (1) arises in favor of the United States of America or any State or any agency or instrumentality thereof and involves taxes or
liens arising under Title IV of ERISA or (2) has been consented to by the Account Owner, BACCS, or the Transferor; or (C) the unsecured short-term debt rating of the Transferor is not at least P-1 by Moody’s and F1 by Fitch and the
Lien upon the subject Receivable ranks prior to the Lien created pursuant to this Agreement; then, upon the earlier to occur of the discovery of such breach or event by the Transferor or receipt by the Transferor of written notice of such breach or
event given by the Trustee or the Servicer, each such Receivable shall be automatically removed from the Trust on the terms and conditions set forth in subsection 2.04(d)(iii). 
 (ii) Removal After Cure Period. In the event of a breach of any of the representations and warranties set forth in subsection
2.04(b) other than a breach or event as set forth in clause (d)(i) above, and as a result of such breach the related Account becomes a Defaulted Account or the Trustee’s rights in, to or under the Receivable or its proceeds are impaired or the
proceeds of such Receivable are not available for any reason to the Trustee free and clear of any Lien, then, upon the expiration of 60 days (or such longer period as may be agreed to by the Trustee in its sole discretion, but in no event later than
120 days) from the earlier to occur of the discovery of any such event by the Transferor, or receipt by the Transferor of written notice of any such event given by the Trustee or the Servicer, each such Receivable shall be removed from the Trust on
the terms and conditions set forth in subsection 2.04(d)(iii); provided, however, that no such removal shall be required to be made if, on any day within such applicable period, such representations and warranties with respect to such
Receivable shall then be true and correct in all material respects as if such Receivable had been created on such day. 
 (iii) Procedures for Removal. When the provisions of subsection 2.04(d)(i) or (ii) above require removal of a Receivable, the Transferor shall accept reassignment of such Receivable (an “Ineligible Receivable”) by
directing the Servicer to deduct the principal balance of each such Ineligible Receivable from the Principal Receivables in the Trust and to decrease the Transferor Interest by such amount. On and after the date of such removal, each Ineligible
Receivable shall be deducted from the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables used in the calculation of any Investor Percentage, the Transferor Percentage or the Transferor Interest. In the event that the exclusion of an Ineligible Receivable
from the calculation of the Transferor Interest would cause the Transferor 
  

 26 

 Interest to be reduced below zero or would otherwise not be permitted by law, the Transferor shall
concurrently make a deposit in the Collection Account (for allocation as a Principal Receivable) in immediately available funds prior to the Transfer Date related to such Monthly Period in which such event occurred in an amount equal to the amount
by which the Transferor Interest would be reduced below zero. The portion of such deposit allocated to the Investor Certificates of each Series shall be distributed to the Investor Certificateholders of each Series in the manner specified in Article
IV, if applicable, on the Distribution Date immediately following such Transfer Date. Upon the reassignment to the Transferor of an Ineligible Receivable, the Trustee shall automatically and without further action be deemed to transfer, assign,
set-over and otherwise convey to the Transferor, without recourse, representation or warranty, all the right, title and interest of the Trustee in and to such Ineligible Receivable, all monies due or to become due with respect to such Ineligible
Receivable and all proceeds of such Ineligible Receivable and all Interchange, Insurance Proceeds and Recoveries relating to such Ineligible Receivable. Such reassigned Ineligible Receivable shall be treated by the Trust as collected in full as of
the date on which it was transferred. The Trustee shall execute such documents and instruments of transfer or assignment and take other actions as shall reasonably be requested by the Transferor to evidence the conveyance of such Ineligible
Receivable pursuant to this subsection 2.04(d)(iii). The obligation of the Transferor set forth in this subsection 2.04(d)(iii) and the automatic removal of such Receivable from the Trust shall constitute the sole remedy respecting any breach of the
representations and warranties set forth in the above-referenced subsections with respect to such Receivable available to Certificateholders or the Trustee on behalf of Certificateholders. 
 (e) Reassignment of Trust Portfolio. In the event of a breach of any of the representations and warranties set forth in subsection 2.04(a), either
the Trustee or the Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating more than 50% of the Aggregate Investor Interest, by notice then given in writing to the Transferor (and to the Trustee and the Servicer, if given by the
Investor Certificateholders), may direct the Transferor to accept reassignment of an amount of Principal Receivables (as specified below) within 60 days of such notice (or within such longer period as may be specified in such notice), and the
Transferor shall be obligated to accept reassignment of such Principal Receivables on a Distribution Date specified by the Transferor (such Distribution Date, the “Reassignment Date”) occurring within such applicable period on the terms
and conditions set forth below; provided, however, that no such reassignment shall be required to be made if, at any time during such applicable period, the representations and warranties contained in subsection 2.04(a) shall then be
true and correct in all material respects. The Transferor shall deposit on the Transfer Date (in New York Clearing House, next day funds) preceding the Reassignment Date an amount equal to the reassignment deposit amount for such Receivables in the
Distribution Account or Series Account, as provided in the related Supplement, for distribution to the Investor Certificateholders pursuant to Article XII. The reassignment deposit amount with respect to each Series for such reassignment, unless
otherwise stated in the related Supplement, shall be equal to (i) the Investor Interest of such Series at the end of the day on the last day of the Monthly Period preceding the Reassignment Date, less the amount, if any, previously allocated
for payment of principal to such Certificateholders on the related Distribution Date in the Monthly Period in which the Reassignment Date occurs, plus (ii) an amount equal to all interest accrued but unpaid on the Investor Certificates
of such Series at the applicable Certificate Rate through such last day, less 
  

 27 

 the amount, if any, previously allocated for payment of interest to the Certificateholders of such Series on the related
Distribution Date in the Monthly Period in which the Reassignment Date occurs. Payment of the reassignment deposit amount with respect to each Series, and all other amounts in the Distribution Account or the applicable Series Account in respect of
the preceding Monthly Period, shall be considered a prepayment in full of the Receivables represented by the Investor Certificates. On the Distribution Date following the Transfer Date on which such amount has been deposited in full into the
Distribution Account or the applicable Series Account, the Receivables and all monies due or to become due with respect to such Receivables and all proceeds of the Receivables and all Interchange, Insurance Proceeds and Recoveries relating to such
Receivables and the proceeds thereof shall be released to the Transferor after payment of all amounts otherwise due hereunder on or prior to such dates and the Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments of transfer or assignment, in each
case without recourse, representation or warranty, as shall be prepared by and as are reasonably requested by the Transferor to vest in the Transferor, or its designee or assignee, all right, title and interest of the Trustee in and to the
Receivables, all monies due or to become due with respect to such Receivables and all proceeds of the Receivables and all Interchange, Insurance Proceeds and Recoveries relating to such Receivables and the proceeds thereof. If the Trustee or the
Investor Certificateholders give notice directing the Transferor to accept reassignment as provided above, the obligation of the Transferor to accept reassignment of the Receivables and pay the reassignment deposit amount pursuant to this subsection
2.04(e) shall constitute the sole remedy respecting a breach of the representations and warranties contained in subsection 2.04(a) available to the Investor Certificateholders or the Trustee on behalf of the Investor Certificateholders. 

Section 2.05. Covenants of the Transferor. The Transferor hereby covenants that: 
 (a) Receivables to be Accounts. Except in enforcing or collecting an Account, the Transferor will take no action to cause any Receivable to be
evidenced by any instrument (as defined in the Delaware UCC). Except in enforcing or collecting an Account, the Transferor will take no action to cause any Receivable to be payable pursuant to a contract which creates a Lien on any goods purchased
thereunder. The Transferor will take no action to cause any Receivable to be anything other than an account (as defined in the Delaware UCC). 
 (b) Security Interests. Except for the conveyances hereunder, the Transferor will not (i) sell, pledge, assign or transfer to any other Person, (ii) take any other action that is inconsistent with the ownership of each
Receivable by the Trustee, or (iii) grant, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any Receivable, whether now existing or hereafter created, or any interest therein; the Transferor will immediately notify the Trustee of the
existence of any Lien on any Receivable; and the Transferor shall defend the right, title and interest of the Trustee in, to and under the Receivables, whether now existing or hereafter created, against all claims of third parties claiming through
or under the Transferor; provided, however, that nothing in this subsection 2.05(b) shall prevent or be deemed to prohibit the Transferor from suffering to exist upon any of the Receivables any Liens for municipal or other local taxes
if such taxes shall not at the time be due and payable or if the Account Owner, BACCS, or the Transferor shall currently be contesting the validity thereof in good faith by appropriate proceedings and shall have set aside on its books adequate
reserves with respect thereto. 
  

 28 

 (c) Enforcement of the Receivables Purchase Agreement. The Transferor agrees to take all actions
necessary and appropriate to enforce its rights and claims under the Receivables Purchase Agreement. 
 (d) Account
Allocations. 
 (i) In the event that the Transferor is unable for any reason to transfer Receivables to the Trustee in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, by reason of the application of the provisions of Section 9.02 or an order by any federal governmental agency having regulatory authority over the Transferor or
any court of competent jurisdiction that the Transferor not transfer any additional Principal Receivables to the Trustee) then, in any such event, (A) the Transferor agrees to allocate and pay to the Trustee, after the date of such inability,
all Collections with respect to Principal Receivables, and all amounts which would have constituted Collections with respect to Principal Receivables but for the Transferor’s inability to transfer such Receivables (up to an aggregate amount
equal to the amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust on such date); (B) the Transferor agrees to have such amounts applied as Collections in accordance with Article IV; and (C) for only so long as all Collections and all amounts which
would have constituted Collections are allocated and applied in accordance with clauses (A) and (B) above, Principal Receivables (and all amounts which would have constituted Principal Receivables but for the Transferor’s inability to
transfer Receivables to the Trust) that are written off as uncollectible in accordance with this Agreement shall continue to be allocated in accordance with Article IV, and all amounts that would have constituted Principal Receivables but for the
Transferor’s inability to transfer Receivables to the Trust shall be deemed to be Principal Receivables for the purpose of calculating (i) the applicable Investor Percentage with respect to any Series and (ii) the Aggregate Investor
Percentage thereunder. If the Transferor is unable pursuant to any Requirement of Law to allocate Collections as described above, the Transferor agrees that it shall in any such event allocate, after the occurrence of such event, payments on each
Account with respect to the principal balance of such Account proportionately based on the total amount of Principal Receivables of such Obligor retained in the Trust and the total amount owing by such Obligor on such Account after such event, and
the portion allocable to any Principal Receivables retained in the Trust shall be applied as Collections in accordance with Article IV. The parties hereto agree that Finance Charge Receivables, whenever created, accrued in respect of Principal
Receivables that have been conveyed to the Trustee shall continue to be a part of the Trust notwithstanding any cessation of the transfer of additional Principal Receivables to the Trustee and Collections with respect thereto shall continue to be
allocated and paid in accordance with Article IV. 
 (ii) In the event that, pursuant to subsection 2.04(d), the Transferor
accepts reassignment of an Ineligible Receivable as a result of a breach of the representations and warranties in subsection 2.04(b) relating to such Receivable, then, in any such event, the Transferor agrees to account for payments received with
respect to such Ineligible Receivable separately from its accounting for Collections on Principal Receivables retained by the Trust. If payments received from or on behalf of an Obligor are not specifically applicable either to an Ineligible
Receivable of such Obligor reassigned to the Transferor or to the Receivables of such Obligor retained in the Trust, then the Transferor 
  

 29 

 agrees to allocate such payments proportionately based on the total amount of Principal Receivables of
such Obligor’s Account retained in the Trust and the total amount in that Account then owned by the Transferor, and the portion allocable to any Principal Receivables retained in the Trust shall be treated as Collections and deposited in
accordance with the provisions of Article IV. 
 (e) Delivery of Collections. The Transferor agrees to pay to the Servicer (or, if
directed by the Trustee, to the Trustee) all payments received by the Transferor in respect of the Receivables as soon as practicable after receipt thereof by the Transferor. The Transferor will enforce a substantially similar covenant of BACCS
under the Receivables Purchase Agreement that relates to Receivables sold by BACCS to the Transferor. 
 (f) The Transferor will enforce
BACCS’s covenants under the Receivables Purchase Agreement to enforce the Account Owner’s covenants not to transfer any Account except in a permitted merger, consolidation, or sale. 
 (g) The Transferor will enforce BACCS’s covenant under the Receivables Purchase Agreement to transfer to the Transferor all Interchange allocable to
the Receivables. 
 (h) The Transferor will enforce BACCS’s covenants under the Receivables Purchase Agreement to enforce the Account
Owner’s covenants not to change any Credit Card Agreement or the Credit Card Guidelines except as permitted under the Receivables Purchase Agreement. 
 (i) Separate Company Existence. The Transferor shall: 
 (i) Maintain in full effect
its existence, rights and franchises as a limited liability company under the laws of the state of its formation and will obtain and preserve its qualification to do business in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is or shall be necessary
to protect the validity and enforceability of this Agreement and the Receivables Purchase Agreement and each other instrument or agreement necessary or appropriate to proper administration hereof and to permit and effectuate the transactions
contemplated hereby. 
 (ii) Maintain its own deposit, securities and other account or accounts, separate from those of any
Affiliate of the Transferor, with financial institutions. The funds of the Transferor will not be diverted to any other Person or for other than the company use of the Transferor, and, except as may be expressly permitted by this Agreement or the
Receivables Purchase Agreement, the funds of the Transferor shall not be commingled with those of any other Person. 
 (iii)
Ensure that, to the extent that it shares the same officers or other employees as any of its members or Affiliates, the salaries of and the expenses related to providing benefits to such officers and other employees shall be fairly allocated among
such entities, and each such entity shall bear its fair share of the salary and benefit costs associated with all such common officers and employees. 
 (iv) Ensure that, to the extent that it jointly contracts with any of its members or other Affiliates to do business with vendors or service providers or to share overhead 
  

 30 

 expenses, the costs incurred in so doing shall be allocated fairly among such entities, and each such
entity shall bear its fair share of such costs. To the extent that the Transferor contracts or does business with vendors or service providers where the goods and services provided are partially for the benefit of any other Person, the costs
incurred in so doing shall be fairly allocated to or among such entities for whose benefit the goods and services are provided, and each such entity shall bear its fair share of such costs. 
 (v) Ensure that all material transactions between the Transferor and any of its Affiliates shall be only on an arm’s-length basis and
shall not be on terms more favorable to either party than the terms that would be found in a similar transaction involving unrelated third parties. 
 (vi) Maintain a principal executive and administrative office through which its business is conducted and a telephone number separate from those of its members and other Affiliates. To the extent that the Transferor
and any of its members or other Affiliates have offices in contiguous space, there shall be fair and appropriate allocation of overhead costs (including rent) among them, and each such entity shall bear its fair share of such expenses. 

(vii) Conduct its affairs strictly in accordance with its certificate of formation and its limited liability company agreement and
observe all necessary, appropriate and customary company formalities, including, but not limited to, holding all regular and special members’ and directors’ meetings appropriate to authorize all action, keeping separate and accurate
minutes of such meetings, passing all resolutions or consents necessary to authorize actions taken or to be taken, and maintaining accurate and separate books, records and accounts, including, but not limited to, intercompany transaction accounts.
Regular members’ and directors’ meetings shall be held at least annually. 
 (viii) Ensure that its board of
directors shall at all times include at least one Independent Director (for purposes hereof, “Independent Director” shall mean any member of the board of directors of the Transferor that is not and has not at any time been (x) an
officer, agent, advisor, consultant, attorney, accountant, employee, member or shareholder of any Affiliate of the Transferor which is not a special purpose entity, (y) a director of any Affiliate of the Transferor other than an independent
director of any Affiliate which is a special purpose entity or (z) a member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing). 
 (ix) Ensure that decisions with respect to its business and daily operations shall be independently made by the Transferor (although the officer making any particular decision may also be an officer or director of an Affiliate of the
Transferor) and shall not be dictated by an Affiliate of the Transferor. 
 (x) Act solely in its own company name and through
its own authorized officers and agents, and no Affiliate of the Transferor shall be appointed to act as agent of the Transferor. The Transferor shall at all times use its own stationery and business forms and describe itself as a separate legal
entity. 
  

 31 

 (xi) Other than as provided in the Revolving Credit Agreement, ensure that no Affiliate
of the Transferor shall advance funds or loan money to the Transferor, and no Affiliate of the Transferor will otherwise guaranty debts of the Transferor. 
 (xii) Other than organizational expenses and as expressly provided herein, pay all expenses, indebtedness and other obligations incurred by it using its own funds. 
 (xiii) Not enter into any guaranty, or otherwise become liable, with respect to or hold its assets or creditworthiness out as being
available for the payment of, any obligation of any Affiliate of the Transferor nor shall the Transferor make any loans to any Person. 
 (xiv) All financial statements of the Transferor, whether or not consolidated, and all financial statements of the Transferor’s Affiliate that include the Transferor (i) disclose the effects of all this
Agreement, the Receivables Purchase Agreement, and related transaction documents to which Funding is a party in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and (ii) to the extent required by generally accepted accounting principles
or otherwise material, make clear that the Transferor is separate from BACCS and any person or entity that is an affiliate or insider of BACCS or that controls BACCS, is controlled by BACCS, or is under common control with BACCS, and that the
Receivables and the assets of Funding are not assets of BACCS or any person or entity that is an affiliate or insider of BACCS or that controls BACCS, is controlled by BACCS, or is under common control with BACCS. 
 (xv) Ensure that at all times it is adequately capitalized to engage in the transactions contemplated in certificate of formation and its
limited liability company agreement. 
 Section 2.06. Addition of Accounts. 
 (a) (i) If, (A) during any period of thirty consecutive days, the Transferor Interest averaged over that period is less than the Minimum
Transferor Interest for that period the Transferor shall designate additional eligible MasterCard,® VISA® or American Express®
accounts from the Bank Portfolio (“Additional Accounts”) to be included as Accounts in a sufficient amount such that the average of the Transferor Interest as a percentage of the Average Principal Receivables for such 30 day period,
computed by assuming that the amount of the Principal Receivables of such Additional Accounts shall be deemed to be outstanding in the Trust during each day of such 30-day period, is at least equal to the Minimum Transferor Interest, or (B) on
any Record Date the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables is less than the Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables (as adjusted for any Series having a Companion Series as described in the Supplement for such Series), the Transferor shall
designate Additional Accounts to be included as Accounts in a sufficient amount such that the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables will be equal to or greater than the Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables. Receivables from such Additional
Accounts shall be transferred to the Trustee on or before the tenth Business Day following such thirty-day period or Record Date, as the case may be. 
 (ii) In lieu of, or in addition to, designating Additional Accounts pursuant to clause (i) above, the Transferor may, subject to any applicable conditions specified in 
  

 32 

 paragraph (c) below, convey to the Trustee participations representing undivided interests in a pool
of assets primarily consisting of receivables arising under revolving credit card accounts owned by the Account Owner or any Affiliate of the Account Owner and collections thereon (“Participations”). The addition of Participations in the
Trust pursuant to this paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) below shall be effected by an amendment hereto, dated as of the applicable Addition Date, pursuant to Section 13.01(a). 
 (b) In addition to its obligation under subsection 2.06(a), the Transferor may, but shall not be obligated to, designate from time to time Additional
Accounts to be included as Accounts or Participations to be included as property of the Trust, in either case as of the applicable Addition Date. 
 (c) The Transferor agrees that any such transfer of Receivables from Additional Accounts, under subsection 2.06(a) or (b) shall satisfy the following conditions (to the extent provided below): 
 (i) on or before the fifth Business Day prior to the Addition Date with respect to additions pursuant to subsection 2.06(a) and on or
before the tenth Business Day prior to the Addition Date with respect to additions pursuant to subsection 2.06(b) (the “Notice Date”), the Transferor shall give the Trustee, each Rating Agency and the Servicer written notice that such
Additional Accounts or Participations will be included, which notice shall specify the approximate aggregate amount of the Receivables to be transferred; 
 (ii) on or before the Addition Date, the Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee a written assignment (including an acceptance by the Trustee on behalf of the Trust for the benefit of the Investor
Certificateholders) in substantially the form of Exhibit B (the “Assignment”) and the Transferor shall have indicated in its computer files that the Receivables created in connection with the Additional Accounts have been transferred to
the Trust and, within five Business Days thereafter, or as otherwise agreed upon among the Servicer, the Transferor and the Trustee, the Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee the updated Account Schedule, which Account Schedule is true and
complete as of the related Addition Date and which shall be as of the date of such Assignment incorporated into and made a part of such Assignment and this Agreement; 
 (iii) the Transferor shall represent and warrant that (x) with respect to Additional Accounts, each Additional Account is, as of the
Addition Date, an Eligible Account, and each existing Receivable in such Additional Account is, as of the Addition Date, an Eligible Receivable, (y) it has not used any selection procedures believed by the Transferor to be materially adverse to
the interests of the Investor Certificateholders in selecting the related Additional Accounts, and (z) as of the Addition Date, the Transferor is not insolvent; 
 (iv) the Transferor shall represent and warrant that, as of the Addition Date, the Assignment constitutes either (x) a valid sale to
the Trustee of the Receivables in the Additional Accounts, or (y) a grant of a security interest in favor of the Trustee in the Receivables in the Additional Accounts, and that sale or security interest is perfected under the Delaware UCC;

  

 33 

 (v) the Transferor shall deliver an Officer’s Certificate substantially in the form
of Schedule 2 to Exhibit B to the Trustee confirming the items set forth in paragraphs (ii), (iii) and (iv) above; 
 (vi) the Transferor shall deliver an Opinion of Counsel with respect to the Receivables in the Additional Accounts to the Trustee (with a copy to Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch) substantially in the form of Exhibit
E; 
 (vii) (A) with respect to accounts in excess of the Maximum Addition Amount and with respect to Participations, the
Transferor shall have received notice from Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch that the inclusion of such accounts as Additional Accounts pursuant to subsections 2.06(a) and 2.06(b) or the inclusion of such Participations to be
included as property of the Trust pursuant to subsections 2.06(a) and 2.06(b), as the case may be, will not result in the reduction or withdrawal of its then existing rating of any Series of Investor Certificates then issued and outstanding; and
(B) with respect to accounts not in excess of the Maximum Addition Amount added during the last quarterly period (such quarterly period beginning on and including the fifteenth day of January, April, July, and October and ending on and
excluding the fifteenth day of April, July, October, and January, respectively), if applicable, the Transferor shall have received, to the extent not previously received, not later than twenty days after the relevant quarterly period, notice from
Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch that the inclusion of such accounts as Additional Accounts pursuant to subsections 2.06(a) and 2.06(b) will not result in the reduction or withdrawal of its then existing rating of any Series
of Investor Certificates then issued and outstanding; and 
 (viii) the Transferor shall provide each Rating Agency 30
days’ prior notice of the inclusion of any business cards as Additional Accounts pursuant to subsection 2.06(b). 
 Section 2.07. Removal of Accounts. 
 (a) Subject to the conditions set forth below, the Transferor may, but shall not be
obligated to, designate Receivables from Accounts for deletion and removal (“Removed Accounts”) from the Trust; provided, however, that the Transferor shall not make more than one such designation in any Monthly Period. On or
before the fifth Business Day (the “Removal Notice Date”) prior to the date on which the Receivables in the designated Removed Accounts will be reassigned by the Trustee to the Transferor (the “Removal Date”), the Transferor
shall give the Trustee and the Servicer written notice that the Receivables from such Removed Accounts are to be reassigned to the Transferor. 
 (b) The Transferor shall be permitted to designate and require reassignment to it of the Receivables from Removed Accounts only upon satisfaction of the following conditions: 
 (i) the removal of any Receivables of any Removed Accounts on any Removal Date shall not, in the reasonable belief of the Transferor,
(a) cause a Pay Out Event to occur; provided, however, that for the purposes of this subsection 2.07(b)(i), the Receivables of each Removed Account shall be considered to have been removed as of the Removal Date, (b) cause
the Transferor Interest as a percentage of the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables to be less than the Minimum Transferor Interest on such 
  

 34 

 Removal Date, (c) cause the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables to be less than the Minimum
Aggregate Principal Receivables, or (d) result in the failure to make any payment specified in the related Supplement with respect to any Series; 
 (ii) on or prior to the Removal Date, the Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee for execution a written assignment in substantially the form of Exhibit G (the “Reassignment”) and, within five
Business Days (or as otherwise agreed upon between the Transferor and the Trustee) thereafter, the Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee the updated Account Schedule, which Account Schedule is true and complete as of the Removal Date and
which as of the Removal Date shall modify and amend and be made a part of this Agreement; 
 (iii) the Transferor shall
represent and warrant that it has not used any selection procedures believed by the Transferor to be materially adverse to the interests of the Certificateholders in selecting the related Removed Accounts; 
 (iv) [Reserved] 
 (v) on or before the tenth Business Day prior to the Removal Date, each Rating Agency shall have received notice of such proposed removal of the Receivables of such Accounts and the Transferor shall have received notice prior to the Removal
Date from such Rating Agency that such proposed removal will not result in a downgrade or withdrawal of its then current rating of any outstanding Series of the Investor Certificates; 
 (vi) on any Removal Notice Date, the amount of the Principal Receivables of the Removed Accounts to be reassigned to the Transferor on the
related Removal Date shall not equal or exceed 5% of the aggregate amount of the Principal Receivables on such Removal Date; provided, that if any Series has been paid in full, the Principal Receivables in such Removed Accounts shall not
equal or exceed the sum of (A) 5% of the aggregate amount of the Principal Receivables, after giving effect to the removal of accounts pursuant to clause (B) below, on such Removal Date plus (B) the Initial Investor Interest of such
Series that has been paid in full; and 
 (vii) the Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s
Certificate confirming the items set forth in clauses (i) through (vi) above. The Trustee may conclusively rely on such Officer’s Certificate, shall have no duty to make inquiries with regard to the matters set forth therein and shall
incur no liability in so relying. 
 Upon satisfaction of the above conditions, the Trustee shall execute and deliver the Reassignment to the
Transferor, and the Receivables from the Removed Accounts shall no longer constitute a part of the Trust. 
 (c) The Transferor may, but
shall not be obligated to, designate at any time Zero Balance Accounts, any future receivables of which will no longer be part of the Trust, and direct the Account Owner to remove the designation 1994-MT from the Pool Index File for such Accounts;
provided, that in connection with such designation and removal, the Transferor shall have delivered (i) to Moody’s and Fitch, prior to the date such designation and removal (a “Zero Balance Account Removal Date”), an
Officer’s Certificate of the Transferor to the effect that to 
  

 35 

 the best knowledge of the Transferor such designation and removal shall not cause a Pay Out Event to occur and
(ii) to the Trustee, within five Business Days (or as otherwise agreed upon between the Transferor and the Trustee) after the related Zero Balance Account Removal Date, the updated Account Schedule, which Account Schedule is true and complete
as of such Zero Balance Account Removal Date. The Trustee shall acknowledge receipt of such Account Schedule in writing, which as of the related Zero Balance Account Removal Date shall modify and amend and be made a part of this Agreement, and which
shall reconvey to Funding, without recourse on and after the related Zero Balance Account Removal Date, all right, title and interest of the Trustee in and to the Receivables thereafter created in the related Zero Balance Accounts, all monies due or
to become due with respect thereto (including all Finance Charge Receivables), all proceeds (as defined in the Delaware UCC) of such Receivables, Insurance Proceeds relating to such Receivables and the proceeds thereof. 
 (d) In addition to the terms and conditions contained in subsections 2.07(a) and 2.07(b), the Transferor’s right to require the reassignment to it
or its designee of all the Trust’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Receivables in Removed Accounts, shall be subject to the following restrictions: 
 (i) Except for Removed Accounts described in subsections 2.07(c) and 2.07(d)(ii), the Accounts to be designated as Removed Accounts shall
be selected at random by the Transferor. 
 (ii) The Transferor may designate Removed Accounts as provided in and subject to
the terms and conditions contained in this Section 2.07 without being subject to the restrictions set forth in subsection 2.07(d)(i) if the Removed Accounts are designated in response to action taken by a third party in connection with an
affinity or private-label arrangement, such action to include that third party’s decision to cancel the arrangement or failure to renew the arrangement following expiration, and is not the unilateral action of the Transferor. 
 Section 2.08. Discount Option. The Transferor may at any time, upon at least 30 days’ prior written notice to the
Servicer, the Trustee, each Credit Enhancement Provider and each Rating Agency, designate a percentage, which may be a fixed percentage or a variable percentage based on a formula (the “Discounted Percentage”), of the amount of Principal
Receivables arising in all of the Accounts to be treated on and after such designation, or for the period specified, as Discount Option Receivables; provided, however, that no such designation shall become effective on the date specified in the
written notice unless the following conditions have been satisfied: 
 (i) the designation of Discount Option Receivables
shall not, in the reasonable belief of the Transferor, cause a Pay Out Event to occur or cause an event which with notice or the lapse of time or both would constitute a Pay Out Event; 
 (ii) on or before the date specified in the written notice, the Transferor shall have received written confirmation from each Rating
Agency that such designation will not result in a downgrade or withdrawal of its then current rating of any outstanding Series of Investor Certificates; 
  

 36 

 (iii) the Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate of
the Transferor confirming the items set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above. The Trustee may conclusively rely on such Officer’s Certificate, shall have no duty to make inquiries with regard to the matters set forth therein and shall
incur no liability in so relying. 
 On and after the date of satisfaction of the above conditions, in processing Collections of Principal
Receivables of the Accounts the Servicer shall deem the product of the Discounted Percentage and Collections of such Principal Receivables as “Discount Option Receivable Collections” and shall treat such Discount Option Receivable
Collections for all purposes hereunder as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables. 
 Section 2.09. Additional Representations and
Warranties of the Transferor. The Transferor hereby makes the following representations and warranties. Such representations and warranties shall survive until the termination of this Agreement. Such representations and warranties speak of the
date that the Collateral (as defined below) is transferred to the Trustee but shall not be waived by any of the parties to this Agreement unless each Rating Agency shall have notified the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee in writing that such
waiver will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the rating of any outstanding Series or Class to which it is a Rating Agency. 
 (a)
This Agreement creates a valid and continuing security interest (as defined in the Delaware UCC) in favor of the Trustee in the Receivables described in Section 2.01 or in Section 3(a) of any Assignment (the “Collateral”), which
security interest is prior to all other liens, and is enforceable as such as against creditors of and purchasers from the Transferor. 
 (b)
The Collateral constitutes “accounts” within the meaning of the Delaware UCC. 
 (c) At the time of each transfer and assignment of
Collateral to the Trustee pursuant to this Agreement or an Assignment, the Transferor owned and had good and marketable title to such Collateral free and clear of any lien, claim or encumbrance of any Person. 
 (d) The Transferor has caused or will have caused, within ten days of the initial execution of this Agreement and each Assignment, the filing of all
appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the security interest in the related Collateral granted to the Trustee pursuant to this Agreement or such
Assignment. 
 (e) Other than the security interest granted to the Trustee pursuant to this Agreement or an Assignment, the Transferor has
not pledged, assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed the Collateral. The Transferor has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any financing statements against the Transferor that include a description of the
Collateral other than any financing statement relating to the security interest granted to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement or an Assignment or that has been terminated. The Transferor is not aware of any judgment or tax lien filings against the
Transferor. 
 [End of Article II] 
  

 37 

 ARTICLE III 
 ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING 
 OF RECEIVABLES 
 Section 3.01. Acceptance of Appointment and Other Matters Relating to the Servicer. 
 (a) FIA agrees to act as the Servicer under this Agreement. The Investor Certificateholders of each Series by their acceptance of the related Certificates
consent FIA acting as Servicer. 
 (b) The Servicer shall service and administer the Receivables and shall collect payments due under the
Receivables in accordance with its customary and usual servicing procedures for servicing credit card receivables comparable to the Receivables and in accordance with the Credit Card Guidelines and shall have full power and authority, acting alone
or through any party properly designated by it hereunder, to do any and all things in connection with such servicing and administration which it may deem necessary or desirable. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and subject to
Sections 4.02 and 10.01, the Servicer is hereby authorized and empowered (i) to make withdrawals from the Collection Account as set forth in this Agreement, (ii) unless such power and authority is revoked by the Trustee on account of the
occurrence of a Servicer Default pursuant to Section 10.01, to instruct the Trustee to make withdrawals and payments, from the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account and any Series Account, in accordance with such instructions as set
forth in this Agreement, (iii) unless such power and authority is revoked by the Trustee on account of the occurrence of a Servicer Default pursuant to Section 10.01, to instruct the Trustee in writing, as set forth in this Agreement,
(iv) to execute and deliver, on behalf of the Trust for the benefit of the Certificateholders, any and all instruments of satisfaction or cancellation, or of partial or full release or discharge, and all other comparable instruments, with
respect to the Receivables and, after the delinquency of any Receivable and to the extent permitted under and in compliance with applicable law and regulations, to commence enforcement proceedings with respect to such Receivables and (v) to
make any filings, reports, notices, applications, registrations with, and to seek any consents or authorizations from the Securities and Exchange Commission and any state securities authority on behalf of the Trust as may be necessary or advisable
to comply with any federal or state securities or reporting requirements. The Trustee agrees that it shall promptly follow the instructions of the Servicer to withdraw funds from the Principal Account, the Finance Charge Account or any Series
Account and to take any action required under any Credit Enhancement at such time as required under this Agreement. The Trustee shall execute at the Servicer’s written request such documents prepared by the Transferor and acceptable to the
Trustee as may be necessary or appropriate to enable the Servicer to carry out its servicing and administrative duties hereunder. 
 (c) In
the event that the Transferor is unable for any reason to transfer Receivables to the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, by reason of the application of the provisions of Section 9.02 or
the order of any federal governmental agency having regulatory authority over the Transferor or any court of competent jurisdiction that the Transferor not transfer any additional Principal Receivables to the Trustee) then, in any such event,
(A) the Servicer agrees to allocate, after such date, all 
  

 38 

 Collections with respect to Principal Receivables, and all amounts which would have constituted Collections with respect
to Principal Receivables but for the Transferor’s inability to transfer such Receivables (but only from funds otherwise due to the Transferor under this Agreement and only up to an aggregate amount equal to the aggregate amount of Principal
Receivables in the Trust as of such date) in accordance with subsection 2.05(d); (B) the Servicer agrees to apply such amounts as Collections in accordance with Article IV, and (C) for only so long as all Collections and all amounts which
would have constituted Collections are allocated and applied in accordance with clauses (A) and (B) above, Principal Receivables and all amounts which would have constituted Principal Receivables but for the Transferor’s inability to
transfer Receivables to the Trustee that are written off as uncollectible in accordance with this Agreement shall continue to be allocated in accordance with Article IV and all amounts which would have constituted Principal Receivables but for the
Transferor’s inability to transfer Receivables to the Trustee shall be deemed to be Principal Receivables for the purpose of calculating the applicable Investor Percentage thereunder. If the Servicer is unable pursuant to any Requirement of Law
to allocate payments on the Accounts as described above, the Servicer agrees that it shall in any such event allocate, after the occurrence of such event, payments on each Account with respect to the principal balance of such Account first to the
oldest principal balance of such Account and to have such payments applied as Collections in accordance with Article IV. The parties hereto agree that Finance Charge Receivables, whenever created, accrued in respect of Principal Receivables which
have been conveyed to the Trustee shall continue to be a part of the Trust notwithstanding any cessation of the transfer of additional Principal Receivables to the Trustee and Collections with respect thereto shall continue to be allocated and paid
in accordance with Article IV. 
 (d) In the event that pursuant to subsection 2.04(d), the Transferor accepts reassignment of an Ineligible
Receivable as a result of a breach of the representations and warranties in subsection 2.04(b) relating to such Receivable, then, in any such event, the Servicer agrees to account for payments received with respect to such Ineligible Receivable
separately from its accounting for Collections on Principal Receivables retained in the Trust. If payments received from or on behalf of an Obligor are not specifically applicable either to an Ineligible Receivable of such Obligor reassigned to the
Transferor or to Receivables of such Obligor retained in the Trust, then the Servicer agrees to allocate payments proportionately based on the total amount of Principal Receivables of such Obligor retained in the Trust and the total amount owing by
such Obligor on any Ineligible Receivables purchased by the Transferor, and the portion allocable to any Principal Receivables retained in the Trust shall be treated as Collections and deposited in accordance with the provisions of Article IV.

 (e) The Servicer shall not be obligated to use separate servicing procedures, offices, employees or accounts for servicing the Receivables
from the procedures, offices, employees and accounts used by the Servicer in connection with servicing other credit card receivables. 
 (f)
The Servicer shall maintain fidelity bond coverage insuring against losses through wrongdoing of its officers and employees who are involved in the servicing of credit card receivables covering such actions and in such amounts as the Servicer
believes to be reasonable from time to time. 
  

 39 

 Section 3.02. Servicing Compensation. As full compensation for its servicing
activities hereunder and as reimbursement for its expenses as set forth in the immediately following paragraph, the Servicer shall be entitled to receive a servicing fee (the “Servicing Fee”) with respect to each Monthly Period prior to
the termination of the Trust pursuant to Section 12.01, payable monthly on the related Transfer Date, in an amount equal to one-twelfth of the product of (a) the weighted average of the Series Servicing Fee Percentages with respect to each
outstanding Series (based upon the Series Servicing Fee Percentage for each Series and the Adjusted Investor Interest (or such other amount as specified in the related Supplement) of such Series, in each case as of the last day of the prior Monthly
Period) and (b) the average amount of Principal Receivables during the prior Monthly Period. The share of the Servicing Fee allocable to Investor Certificates (the “Investor Servicing Fee”) of a particular Series with respect to any
Monthly Period will each be determined in accordance with the relevant Supplement. The portion of the Servicing Fee with respect to any Monthly Period not so allocated to the Investor Certificates of a particular Series shall be paid by the Holder
of the Transferor Certificate directly to the Servicer on the related Transfer Date, and in no event shall the Trust, the Trustee or the Investor Certificateholders of any Series be liable for the share of the Servicing Fee with respect to any
Monthly Period to be paid by the Holder of the Transferor Certificates (the “Transferor Servicing Fee”). 
 The Servicer’s
expenses include the amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.05 and the reasonable fees and disbursements of the Servicer’s independent public accountants and all other expenses incurred by the Servicer in connection with its
activities hereunder; provided, that the Servicer shall not be liable for any liabilities, costs or expenses of the Trust, the Investor Certificateholders or the Certificate Owners arising under any tax law, including without limitation any
federal, state or local income or franchise taxes or any other tax imposed on or measured by income (or any interest or penalties with respect thereto or arising from a failure to comply therewith). The Servicer shall be required to pay such
expenses for its own account and shall not be entitled to any payment therefor other than the Servicing Fee. 
 Section 3.03. Representations and Warranties of the Servicer. The Servicer hereby makes as of the Amendment Closing Date, and any Successor Servicer by its appointment hereunder shall make (with appropriate modifications to
Section 3.03(a) to reflect the Successor Servicer’s organization) the following representations and warranties, on which the Trustee has relied in accepting the Receivables in trust: 
 (a) Organization and Good Standing. The Servicer is a national banking association duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of the United States and has full corporate power, authority and legal right to own its properties and conduct its credit card business as such properties are presently owned and as such business is presently conducted, and to execute, deliver
and perform its obligations under this Agreement. 
 (b) Due Qualification. The Servicer is not required to qualify nor register as a
foreign corporation in any state in order to service the Receivables as required by this Agreement and has obtained all licenses and approvals necessary in order to so service the Receivables as required under federal and Delaware law. If the
Servicer shall be required by any Requirement of Law to so qualify or register or obtain such license or approval, then it shall do so. 
  

 40 

 (c) Due Authorization. The execution, delivery, and performance by the Servicer of this Agreement
have been duly authorized by the Servicer by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Servicer and this Agreement will remain, from the time of its execution, an official record of the Servicer. 
 (d) Binding Obligation. This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Servicer, enforceable against the Servicer in
accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws or general principles of equity. 
 (e)
No Violation. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Servicer, and the performance by the Servicer of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the fulfillment by the Servicer of the terms hereof applicable to the
Servicer, will not conflict with, violate, result in any breach of any of the material terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, any Requirement of Law applicable to the Servicer or any
indenture, contract, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to which the Servicer is a party or by which it is bound. 
 (f)
No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to the best knowledge of the Servicer, threatened against the Servicer before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other tribunal or governmental
instrumentality seeking to prevent the issuance of the Certificates or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, seeking any determination or ruling that, in the reasonable judgment of the Servicer, would materially
and adversely affect the performance by the Servicer of its obligations under this Agreement, or seeking any determination or ruling that would materially and adversely affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement. 
 (g) Compliance with Requirements of Law. The Servicer shall duly satisfy all obligations on its part to be fulfilled under or in connection with
each Receivable and the related Account, will maintain in effect all qualifications required under Requirements of Law in order to service properly each Receivable and will comply in all material respects with all other Requirements of Law in
connection with servicing each Receivable the failure to comply with which would have a material adverse effect on the Certificateholders or any Credit Enhancement Provider. 
 Section 3.04. Reports and Records for the Trustee. 
 (a) Daily Reports. On each Business Day, the Servicer, with prior notice, shall prepare and make available at the office of the Servicer for
inspection by the Transferor or the Trustee a record setting forth (i) the aggregate amount of Collections processed by the Servicer on the preceding Business Day and (ii) the aggregate amount of Receivables as of the close of business on
the preceding Business Day. 
 (b) Monthly Servicer’s Certificate. Unless otherwise stated in the related Supplement with respect
to any Series, on each Determination Date the Servicer shall forward, as provided in Section 13.05, to the Trustee, the Transferor, the Paying Agent, any Credit Enhancement Provider and each Rating Agency, a certificate of a Servicing Officer
substantially in the form of Exhibit C (which includes the Schedule thereto specified as such in each Supplement) setting forth (i) the aggregate amount of Collections processed during the preceding 
  

 41 

 Monthly Period, (ii) the aggregate amount of the applicable Investor Percentage of Collections of Principal
Receivables processed by the Servicer pursuant to Article IV during the preceding Monthly Period with respect to each Series then outstanding, (iii) the aggregate amount of the applicable Investor Percentage of Collections of Finance Charge
Receivables processed by the Servicer pursuant to Article IV during the preceding Monthly Period with respect to each Series then outstanding, (iv) the aggregate amount of Receivables processed as of the end of the last day of the preceding
Monthly Period, (v) the balance on deposit in the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account or any Series Account applicable to any Series then outstanding on such Determination Date with respect to Collections processed by the Servicer
during the preceding Monthly Period, (vi) the aggregate amount, if any, of withdrawals, drawings or payments under any Credit Enhancement, if any, for each Series then outstanding required to be made with respect to the previous Monthly Period
in the manner provided in the related Supplement, (vii) the sum of all amounts payable to the Investor Certificateholders of each Series (or for a Series of more than one Class, each such Class) on the succeeding Distribution Date in respect of
Certificate Principal and Certificate Interest with respect to such preceding Monthly Period and (viii) such other matters as are set forth in Exhibit C. 
 Section 3.05. Annual Servicer’s Certificate. On or before the 90th day following the end of each fiscal year of the
Trust (or, if such 90th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), commencing with the fiscal year ending June 30, 2006, the Servicer will deliver, as provided in Section 13.05, to the Trustee, the Transferor, any Credit
Enhancement Provider and the Rating Agency, the statement of compliance required under Item 1123 of Regulation AB with respect to such fiscal year, which statement will be in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of the Servicer to the
effect that (a) a review of the activities of the Servicer during such fiscal year and of its performance under this Agreement, together with any other agreements specified in any Supplement for a Series, was made under the supervision of the
officer signing such certificate and (b) to the best of such officer’s knowledge, based on such review, the Servicer has fulfilled all of its obligations under this Agreement and any other agreements specified in any Supplement for a
Series throughout such fiscal year or, if there has been a failure to fulfill any such obligation in any material respect, specifying each such failure known to such officer and the nature and status thereof. A copy of such certificate may be
obtained by any Investor Certificateholder by a request in writing to the Trustee addressed to the Corporate Trust Office. 
 Section 3.06. Annual Independent Accountants’ Servicing Report. (a) Except as specified in any Supplement for a related Series, and for so long as any Series of Certificates other than Series 2001-D is outstanding, on
or before the 90th day following the end of each fiscal year of the Trust (or, if such 90th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), the Servicer, on behalf of the Trust, shall cause a firm of nationally recognized independent
certified public accountants (who may also render other services to the Servicer or the Transferor) to furnish, as provided in Section 13.05, a report, based upon established criteria that meets the standards applicable to accountants’
reports intended for general distribution, to the Trustee, the Transferor, any Credit Enhancement Provider and each Rating Agency, attesting to the fairness of the assertion of the Servicer’s management that its internal controls over the
functions performed as Servicer of the Trust are effective, in all material respects, in providing reasonable assurance that Trust assets in the possession of or under the control of the 
  

 42 

 Servicer are safeguarded against loss from unauthorized use or disposition, on the date of such report,
and a report attesting to the fairness of the assertion of the Servicer’s management that such servicing was conducted in conformity with the sections of this Agreement during such fiscal year, except for such exceptions or errors as such firm
shall believe to be immaterial and such other exceptions as shall be set forth in such report. Unless otherwise provided with respect to any Series in the related Supplement, a copy of such report may be obtained by any Investor Certificateholder by
a request in writing to the Trustee addressed to the Corporate Trust Office. 
 (b) Except as specified in any Supplement for a related
Series, and for so long as any Series of Certificates other than Series 2001-D is outstanding, on or before the 90th day following the end of each fiscal year of the Trust (or, if such 90th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business
Day), the Servicer shall cause a firm of nationally recognized independent certified public accountants (who may also render other services to the Servicer or the Transferor) to furnish as provided in Section 13.05 a report, prepared in
accordance with the standards established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, to the Trustee, the Transferor and each Rating Agency, to the effect that they have compared the mathematical calculations of certain amounts set
forth in the monthly certificates forwarded by the Servicer pursuant to Section 3.04(b) during such fiscal year with the Servicer’s computer reports which were the source of such amounts and that, on the basis of such comparison, such firm
is of the opinion that such amounts are in agreement, except for such exceptions as shall be set forth in such report. A copy of such report may be obtained from the Trustee by any Investor Certificateholder by a request in writing to the Trustee
addressed to the Corporate Trust Office. 
 Section 3.07. Tax Treatment. The Transferor has structured this
Agreement, the Investor Certificates and any Collateral Interest with the intention that the Investor Certificates and any Collateral Interest will qualify under applicable federal, state, local and foreign tax law as indebtedness of the Transferor
secured by the Receivables. The Transferor, the Servicer, the Holder of the Transferor Certificate, each Investor Certificateholder, each Certificate Owner, and each owner of any Collateral Interest or interest therein agree to treat and to take no
action inconsistent with the treatment of the Investor Certificates and any Collateral Interest (or beneficial interest therein) as such indebtedness for purposes of federal, state, local and foreign income or franchise taxes and any other tax
imposed on or measured by income. Each Investor Certificateholder and the Holder of the Transferor Certificate, by acquisition of its interest in the Transferor Interest; each Certificate Owner, by acquisition of a beneficial interest in a
Certificate; and any owner of any Collateral Interest or interest therein, by acquisition of such interest therein, agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 3.07. Each Certificateholder agrees that it will cause any Certificate
Owner acquiring an interest in a Certificate through it, and each owner of any Collateral Interest or any interest therein agrees that it will cause any Person acquiring any such interest, to comply with this Agreement as to treatment as
indebtedness under applicable tax law, as described in this Section 3.07. Notwithstanding this Section 3.07, if the treatment of any Collateral Interest or interest therein as indebtedness is challenged by any governmental authority, the
Holder of the Transferor Certificate and any owner of such interest do not intend to be foreclosed from adopting as a secondary tax position that such interest constitutes equity in a partnership. 
  

 43 

 Section 3.08. Reports to the Commission. The Servicer and the Transferor
shall, on behalf of the Trust and at the expense of the Transferor, cause to be filed with the Commission any periodic reports required to be filed under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations of the
Commission thereunder. 
 [End of Article III] 
  

 44 

 ARTICLE IV 
 RIGHTS OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS AND ALLOCATION 
 AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS 
 Section 4.01. Rights of Certificateholders. Each Series of Investor Certificates shall represent Undivided Interests in the
Trust, including the benefits of any Credit Enhancement issued with respect to such Series and the right to receive the Collections and other amounts at the times and in the amounts specified in this Article IV to be deposited in the Investor
Accounts and any other Series Account (if so specified in the related Supplement) or to be paid to the Investor Certificateholders of such Series; provided, however, that the aggregate interest represented by such Certificates at any
time in the Principal Receivables shall not exceed an amount equal to the Investor Interest at such time. The interest represented by any Certificate shall constitute personal property, and no Certificateholder shall have an interest in specific
property of the Trust. No creditor of any Certificateholder shall have any right to obtain possession of, or otherwise exercise legal or equitable remedies with respect to, the property of the Trust, provided, however, that this sentence shall not
limit any rights expressly provided to the Certificateholders pursuant to this Agreement or any Supplement thereto or to the holders of Notes (as defined in the Series 2001-D Supplement hereto) pursuant to the Indenture (as defined in the Series
2001-D Supplement hereto). None of the Transferor, the Servicer, or any Certificateholder shall have any liability for the expenses or liabilities of the Trust except as specifically set forth in this Agreement. The Transferor Certificate or, as the
case may be, the uncertificated interest in the Transferor Interest shall represent the remaining undivided interest in the Trust not allocated to the Investor Certificates and the other interests issued by the Trust, including the right to receive
the Collections and other amounts at the times and in the amounts specified in this Article IV to be paid to the Holder of the Transferor Certificate; provided, however, that if the Transferor elects to have its interest in the
Transferor Interest be uncertificated as provided in Section 6.01 hereof, then such uncertificated interest shall represent the Transferor Interest; provided further, that the aggregate interest represented by such Transferor
Certificate in the Principal Receivables or, as the case may be, the aggregate uncertificated interest of the Transferor in the Principal Receivables, shall not exceed the Transferor Interest at any time and such Transferor Certificate or, as the
case may be, such uncertificated interest shall not represent any interest in the Investor Accounts, except as provided in this Agreement, or the benefits of any Credit Enhancement issued with respect to any Series. 
 Section 4.02. Establishment of Accounts. 
 (a) The Collection Account. The Servicer, for the benefit of the Certificateholders, shall establish and maintain in the name of the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, a non-interest bearing segregated account
(the “Collection Account”) bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held in trust for the benefit of the Certificateholders, or shall cause such Collection Account to be established and maintained, with
an office or branch located in the states of Delaware or New York of (i) the Servicer, or (ii) a Qualified Institution; provided, however, that upon the insolvency of the Servicer, the Collection Account shall not be
permitted to be maintained with the Servicer. Pursuant to authority granted to it pursuant to subsection 3.01(b), the Servicer shall have the revocable power to withdraw funds from the Collection Account for the purposes of carrying out its duties
hereunder. 
  

 45 

 (b) The Finance Charge and Principal Accounts. The Trustee, for the benefit of the Investor
Certificateholders, shall establish and maintain in the State of New York with the Trustee, or cause to be established and maintained in the State of New York with a Qualified Institution (other than FIA, BACCS, or the Transferor) that is acting as
a securities intermediary, in the name of the Trustee two segregated trust accounts (the “Finance Charge Account” and the “Principal Account,” respectively), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds and other
property credited thereto are held for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders. The Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds and other property credited from time to time to the Finance Charge Account and the Principal
Account and in all proceeds thereof. The Finance Charge Account and the Principal Account shall be under the control of the Trustee for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders as described in subsection 4.02(e). If, at any time, the
institution holding the Principal Account or the Finance Charge Account ceases to be a Qualified Institution, the Trustee shall notify the Rating Agency and within 10 Business Days establish a new Principal Account or Finance Charge Account, as the
case may be, meeting the conditions specified above with a Qualified Institution, and shall transfer any funds or other property to such new Principal Account or Finance Charge Account, as the case may be. From the date such new Principal Account or
Finance Charge Account, as the case may be, is established, it shall be the “Principal Account” or “Finance Charge Account.” Pursuant to authority granted to it hereunder and subject to subsection 4.02(e), the Servicer shall have
the revocable power to instruct the Trustee to withdraw funds from the Finance Charge Account and Principal Account for the purpose of carrying out the Servicer’s duties hereunder. The Trustee at all times shall maintain accurate records
reflecting each transaction in the Principal Account and the Finance Charge Account and that funds and other property credited shall at all times be held in trust for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders. 
 (c) The Distribution Account. The Trustee, for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders, shall cause to be established and maintained in the
name of the Trustee, with an office or branch of a Qualified Institution (other than FIA, BACCS, or the Transferor), a non-interest bearing segregated trust account (the “Distribution Account”) bearing a designation clearly indicating that
the funds deposited therein are held in trust for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders. The Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Distribution Account and in all proceeds
thereof. The Distribution Account shall be under the exclusive control of the Trustee for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders. 
 (d) Series Accounts. If so provided in the related Supplement, the Trustee, for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders, shall cause to be established and maintained in the name of the Trust, one or more Series Accounts. Each
such Series Account shall bear a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders of such Series. Each such Series Account will be a trust account, if so provided in the
related Supplement and will have the other features and be applied as set forth in the related Supplement. 
 (e) Administration of the
Finance Charge and Principal Accounts. Funds credited to the Principal Account and the Finance Charge Account shall at all times be invested 
  

 46 

 in Permitted Investments. Any such investment shall mature and such funds shall be available for withdrawal on or prior
to the Transfer Date related to the Monthly Period in which such funds were processed for collection, or if so specified in the related Supplement, immediately preceding a Distribution Date. The Trustee shall: 
 (i) credit each Permitted Investment that is a security entitlement to the Principal Account or the Finance Charge Account, as applicable,
under a control agreement that (A) is executed by the Trustee, the Transferor, and the securities intermediary maintaining the Principal Account or the Finance Charge Account, as applicable, and (B) provides that (I) the Principal
Account or the Finance Charge Account, as applicable, is an account to which financial assets may be credited, (II) the Trustee is entitled to exercise the rights that comprise all financial assets credited to the Principal Account or the
Finance Charge Account, as applicable, (III) each item of property credited to the Principal Account or the Finance Charge Account, as applicable, will be treated as a financial asset, (IV) the securities intermediary must comply with entitlement
orders originated by the Trustee without further consent by the Transferor, the Servicer, or any other Person, (V) the securities intermediary’s jurisdiction of the securities intermediary is the State of New York for purposes of the
Uniform Commercial Code enacted in any jurisdiction, and (VI) the Principal Account or the Finance Charge Account, as applicable, is not subject to any security interest, lien, encumbrance, or right of setoff in favor of the securities intermediary
or any other Person claiming through the securities intermediary, other than the Trustee; 
 (ii) maintain exclusive control
or possession of each other Permitted Investment not described in clause (i) above (other than such as are described in clause (c) of the definition thereof); and 
 (iii) cause each Permitted Investment described in clause (c) of the definition thereof to be registered in the name of the Trustee
by the issuer thereof; 
 provided, that no Permitted Investment shall be disposed of prior to its maturity date. Terms used in this
subsection 4.02(e) that are defined in the New York UCC and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the New York UCC. 
 At the end of each month, all interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) on funds credited to in the Principal Account and the Finance Charge Account shall be released by the Trustee to the Transferor. Subject to the
restrictions set forth above, the Servicer, or a Person designated in writing by the Servicer, of which the Trustee shall have received written notification thereof, shall have the authority to instruct the Trustee with respect to the investment of
funds credited to in the Principal Account and the Finance Charge Account. For purposes of determining the availability of funds or the balances in the Finance Charge Account and the Principal Account for any reason under this Agreement, all
investment earnings on such funds shall be deemed not to be available. 
 Section 4.03. Collections and
Allocations. 
 (a) Collections. Except as provided below, the Servicer shall deposit all Collections in the Collection Account as
promptly as possible after the Date of Processing of 
  

 47 

 such Collections, but in no event later than the second Business Day following such Date of Processing. In the event of
the insolvency of the Servicer, then, immediately upon the occurrence of such event and thereafter, the Servicer shall deposit all Collections into the Collection Account which shall be established and maintained with a Qualified Institution other
than the Servicer in accordance with subsection 4.02(a), and in no such event shall the Servicer deposit any Collections thereafter into any account established, held or maintained with the Servicer. 
 The Servicer shall allocate such amounts to each Series of Investor Certificates and to the Holder of the Transferor Certificate in accordance with this
Article IV and shall withdraw the required amounts from the Collection Account or pay such amounts to the Holder of the Transferor Certificate in accordance with this Article IV, in both cases as modified by any Supplement. The Servicer shall make
such deposits or payments on the date indicated therein by wire transfer or as otherwise provided in the Supplement for any Series of Certificates with respect to such Series. 
 Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, for so long as, and only so long as, FIA shall remain the Servicer hereunder, and (a)(i) the
Servicer provides to the Trustee and the Transferor a letter of credit covering risk collection of the Servicer, and (ii) the Transferor shall not have received a notice from any Rating Agency that such a letter of credit would result in the
lowering of such Rating Agency’s then-existing rating of the Investor Certificates, or (b) the Servicer shall have and maintain a certificate of deposit or short-term deposit rating of P-1 by Moody’s, of A-1 by Standard &
Poor’s, and of F1 by Fitch, the Servicer need not deposit Collections from the Collection Account into the Principal Account, the Finance Charge Account or any Series Account, as provided in any Supplement, or make payments to the Holder of the
Transferor Certificate, prior to the close of business on the day any Collections are deposited in the Collection Account as provided in Article IV, but may make such deposits, payments and withdrawals on each Transfer Date in an amount equal to the
net amount of such deposits, payments and withdrawals which would have been made but for the provisions of this paragraph. If at any time the Servicer shall qualify to make deposits on the Transfer Date as provided in this paragraph (or shall cease
to be so qualified) the Servicer shall deliver an Officer’s Certificate of the Servicer to the Transferor and the Trustee stating that the criteria set forth in (a)(i) and (ii) and (b) of this paragraph have been satisfied (or have
ceased to be satisfied). The Trustee may rely on such Officer’s Certificate without investigation or inquiry. 
 Notwithstanding
anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, with respect to any Monthly Period, whether the Servicer is required to make monthly or daily deposits from the Collection Account into the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account or any Series
Account, as provided in any Supplement, (i) the Servicer will only be required to deposit Collections from the Collection Account into the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account or any Series Account up to the required amount to be
deposited into any such account or, without duplication, distributed on or prior to the related Distribution Date to Investor Certificateholders or to any Credit Enhancement Provider pursuant to the terms of any Supplement or agreement relating to
such Credit Enhancement and any excess shall be paid as collected to the Holder of the Transferor Interest and (ii) if at any time prior to such Distribution Date the amount of Collections deposited in the Collection Account exceeds the amount
required to be deposited pursuant to clause (i) above, the Servicer shall withdraw the excess from the Collection Account and (A) immediately pay it to the Holder of the Transferor Interest or (B), if permitted pursuant to the prior
paragraph, pay it to the Holder of the Transferor Interest on the related Transfer Date. 
  

 48 

 (b) Allocations to the Holder of the Transferor Interest. Throughout the existence of the Trust,
unless otherwise stated in any Supplement, the Servicer shall allocate to the Holder of the Transferor Interest an amount equal to the product of (A) the Transferor Percentage and (B) the aggregate amount of such Collections allocated to
Principal Receivables and Finance Charge Receivables, respectively, in respect of each Monthly Period; provided, however, that amounts payable to the Holder of the Transferor Interest with respect to Collections allocated to Principal
Receivables pursuant to this subsection 4.03(b) shall be deposited in the Principal Account to the extent that the Transferor Interest is less than the Minimum Transferor Interest. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, unless
otherwise stated in any Supplement, the Servicer need not deposit this amount or any other amounts so allocated to the Holder of the Transferor Interest pursuant to any Supplement into the Collection Account and shall pay such amounts as collected
to the Holder of the Transferor Interest, subject to the rights of the Servicer set forth in the third paragraph of Section 4.03(a) to retain such funds until the related Transfer Date. 
 Notwithstanding any provisions of Article IV to the contrary, including the continuation of Article IV in any Series Supplement, any Collections in
respect of Principal Receivables allocated to the Holder of the Transferor Interest shall be (i) paid to the Holder of the Transferor Interest if, and only to the extent that, the Transferor Interest is equal to or greater than the Minimum
Transferor Interest and the payment of such amount to the Holder of the Transferor Interest would not cause the Transferor Interest to be less than the Minimum Transferor Interest, or (ii) held in the Principal Account and treated and applied
as Unallocated Principal Collections (as such term is defined in the related Series Supplement). On any Business Day following a Business Day on which amounts were held in the Principal Account pursuant to clause (ii) above, any amounts held in
the Principal Account pursuant to clause (ii) above shall be paid to the Holder of the Transferor Interest when, and only to the extent that, the Transferor Interest is greater than the Minimum Transferor Interest. 
 (c) Adjustments for Miscellaneous Credits and Fraudulent Charges. (i) The Servicer shall be obligated to reduce on a net basis each Monthly
Period the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables used to calculate the Transferor Interest as provided in this subsection 4.03(c) (a “Credit Adjustment”) with respect to any Principal Receivable (A) which is reduced by the
Servicer by any rebate, refund, charge-back or adjustment (other than by reason of Servicer errors) or (B) which was created as a result of a fraudulent or counterfeit charge. 
 In the event that the inclusion of the amount of a Credit Adjustment in the calculation of the Transferor Interest would cause the Transferor Interest to
be an amount less than zero, the Transferor shall make a deposit, no later than the Business Day following the Date of Processing of such Credit Adjustment, in the Principal Account (for allocation as Collections of Principal Receivables pursuant to
Article IV) in immediately available funds in an amount equal to the amount by which such Credit Adjustment exceeds the Transferor Interest on such Date of Processing. 
 (ii) If (A) the Servicer makes a deposit into the Collection Account in respect of a Collection of a Receivable and such Collection was received by the Servicer in the form of a check which is not honored for any
reason or (B) the Servicer makes a mistake with respect to 
  

 49 

 the amount of any Collection and deposits an amount that is less than or more than the actual amount of such Collection,
the Servicer shall appropriately adjust the amount subsequently deposited into the Collection Account to reflect such dishonored check or mistake. Any Receivable in respect of which a dishonored check is received shall be deemed not to have been
paid. Notwithstanding the first two sentences of this paragraph, adjustments made pursuant to this subsection 4.03(c) shall not require any change in any report previously delivered pursuant to subsection 3.04(a). 
 (d) Transfer of Defaulted Accounts. Unless otherwise provided in any Supplement, on the date on which an Account becomes a Defaulted Account, the
Trustee shall automatically and without further action or consideration be deemed to transfer, set over, and otherwise convey to the Transferor, without recourse, representation or warranty, all the right, title and interest of the Trustee in and to
all Receivables in such Defaulted Account, all monies due or to become due with respect to such Receivables, all proceeds of such Receivables and all Interchange and Insurance Proceeds relating to such Receivables and the proceeds thereof;
provided, however, that the Trustee will retain, and not be deemed to have reconveyed to the Transferor, all right, title, and interest in, to, and under all Recoveries allocable to those Receivables, and those Recoveries will be
applied as provided in this Agreement. 
 [THE REMAINDER OF ARTICLE IV IS RESERVED AND 
 SHALL BE SPECIFIED IN ANY SUPPLEMENT WITH 
 RESPECT TO ANY SERIES] 
 [End of Article IV] 
  

 50 

 ARTICLE V 
 [ARTICLE V IS RESERVED AND SHALL 
 BE SPECIFIED IN ANY SUPPLEMENT 
 WITH RESPECT TO ANY SERIES] 
 [End of Article
V] 
  

 51 

 ARTICLE VI 
 THE CERTIFICATES 
 Section 6.01. The Certificates. Subject to Sections 6.10 and
6.13, the Investor Certificates of each Series and any Class thereof may be issued in bearer form (the “Bearer Certificates”) with attached interest coupons and a special coupon (collectively, the “Coupons”) or in fully
registered form (the “Registered Certificates”), and shall be substantially in the form of the exhibits with respect thereto attached to the related Supplement. The Transferor may elect at any time, by written notice to the Trustee, to
have its interest in the Transferor Interest be (i) an uncertificated interest or (ii) evidenced by a Transferor Certificate. If the Transferor elects to have its interest in the Transferor Interest be uncertificated, it shall deliver to
the Trustee for cancellation any Transferor Certificate previously issued. If the Transferor elects to have its interest in the Transferor Interest be evidenced by a Transferor Certificate, the Transferor Certificate shall be issued pursuant hereto
or to Section 6.09 or Section 6.10, substantially in the form of Exhibit A and shall upon issue be executed and delivered by the Transferor to the Trustee for authentication and redelivery as provided in Sections 2.01 and 6.02. The
Investor Certificates shall, upon issue pursuant hereto or to Section 6.09 or Section 6.10, be executed and delivered by the Transferor to the Trustee for authentication and redelivery as provided in Sections 2.01 and 6.02. Any Investor
Certificate shall be issuable in a minimum denomination of $1,000 Undivided Interest and integral multiples thereof, unless otherwise specified in any Supplement. The Transferor Certificate shall also be issued as a single certificate. Each
Certificate shall be executed by manual or facsimile signature on behalf of the Transferor by its President or any Vice President. Certificates bearing the manual or facsimile signature of the individual who was, at the time when such signature was
affixed, authorized to sign on behalf of the Transferor or the Trustee shall not be rendered invalid, notwithstanding that such individual has ceased to be so authorized prior to the authentication and delivery of such Certificates or does not hold
such office at the date of such Certificates. Unless otherwise provided in the related Supplement, no Certificate shall be entitled to any benefit under this Agreement, or be valid for any purpose, unless there appears on such Certificate a
certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein, executed by or on behalf of the Trustee by the manual signature of a duly authorized signatory, and such certificate upon any Certificate shall be conclusive evidence, and
the only evidence, that such Certificate has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. All Certificates shall be dated the date of their authentication except Bearer Certificates which shall be dated the applicable Issuance Date as provided
in the related Supplement. 
 Section 6.02. Authentication of Certificates. Upon the receipt of payment by the
Transferor of the purchase price for a Series or Class of Investor Certificates and the issuance of such Investor Certificates, such Investor Certificates shall be fully paid and non-assessable. Upon a New Issuance as provided in Section 6.09
and the satisfaction of certain other conditions specified therein, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver the Investor Certificates of additional Series (with the designation provided in the related Supplement), upon the order of the
Transferor, to the Persons designated in such Supplement. Upon the order of the Transferor, the Certificates of any Series shall be duly authenticated by or on behalf of the Trustee, in authorized denominations. If 
  

 52 

 specified in the related Supplement for any Series, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver outside
the United States the Global Certificate that is issued upon original issuance thereof, upon the written order of the Transferor, to the Depository against payment of the purchase price therefor. If specified in the related Supplement for any
Series, the Trustee shall authenticate Book-Entry Certificates that are issued upon original issuance thereof, upon the written order of the Transferor, to a Clearing Agency or its nominee as provided in Section 6.10 against payment of the
purchase price thereof. 
 Section 6.03. Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Certificates. 
 (a) The Trustee shall cause to be kept at the office or agency to be maintained by a transfer agent and registrar (the “Transfer Agent and
Registrar”), in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.16, a register (the “Certificate Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall provide for the
registration of the Investor Certificates of each Series (unless otherwise provided in the related Supplement) and of transfers and exchanges of the Investor Certificates as herein provided. The Trustee is hereby initially appointed Transfer Agent
and Registrar for the purposes of registering the Investor Certificates and transfers and exchanges of the Investor Certificates as herein provided. If any form of Investor Certificate is issued as a Global Certificate, the Trustee may, or if and so
long as any Series of Investor Certificates are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and such exchange shall so require, the Trustee shall appoint a co-transfer agent and co-registrar in Luxembourg or another European city. Any reference in this
Agreement to the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall include any co-transfer agent and co-registrar unless the context otherwise requires. The Trustee shall be permitted to resign as Transfer Agent and Registrar upon 30 days’ written notice to
the Servicer and the Transferor. In the event that the Trustee shall no longer be the Transfer Agent and Registrar, the Trustee shall appoint a successor Transfer Agent and Registrar. 
 Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Certificate at any office or agency of the Transfer Agent and Registrar, the Transferor shall execute,
subject to the provisions of subsection 6.03(c), and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Certificates in authorized denominations of like aggregate Undivided Interests;
provided, that the provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to Bearer Certificates. 
 At the option of an Investor
Certificateholder, Investor Certificates may be exchanged for other Investor Certificates of the same Series in authorized denominations of like aggregate Undivided Interests, upon surrender of the Investor Certificates to be exchanged at any office
or agency of the Transferor Agent and Registrar. At the option of any Holder of Registered Certificates, Registered Certificates may be exchanged for other Registered Certificates of the same Series in authorized denominations of like aggregate
Undivided Interests in the Trust, upon surrender of the Registered Certificates to be exchanged at any office or agency of the Transfer Agent and Registrar maintained for such purpose. At the option of a Bearer Certificateholder, subject to
applicable laws and regulations (including without limitation, the Bearer Rules), Bearer Certificates may be exchanged for other Bearer Certificates or Registered Certificates of the same Series in authorized denominations of like aggregate
Undivided Interests in the Trust, in the manner specified in the Supplement for such Series, upon surrender of the Bearer Certificates to be exchanged at an office or agency of the Transfer Agent 
  

 53 

 and Registrar located outside the United States. Each Bearer Certificate surrendered pursuant to this Section 6.03
shall have attached thereto (or be accompanied by) all unmatured Coupons, provided that any Bearer Certificate so surrendered after the close of business on the Record Date preceding the relevant Distribution Date after the related Series
Termination Date need not have attached the Coupons relating to such Distribution Date. 
 Whenever any Investor Certificates of any Series
are so surrendered for exchange, the Transferor shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and (unless the Transfer Agent and Registrar is different than the Trustee, in which case the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall) deliver, the Investor
Certificates of such Series which the Certificateholder making the exchange is entitled to receive. Every Investor Certificate presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer
in a form satisfactory to the Trustee and the Transfer Agent and Registrar duly executed by the Certificateholder thereof or its attorney-in-fact duly authorized in writing. 
 The preceding provisions of this Section 6.03 notwithstanding, the Trustee or the Transfer Agent and Registrar, as the case may be, shall not be
required to register the transfer of or exchange any Investor Certificate of any Series for a period of 15 days preceding the due date for any payment with respect to the Investor Certificates of such Series. 
 Unless otherwise provided in the related Supplement, no service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Certificates, but
the Transfer Agent and Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of Certificates. 
 All Investor Certificates (together with any Coupons attached to Bearer Certificates) surrendered for registration of transfer and exchange shall be
canceled by the Transfer Agent and Registrar and disposed of in a manner satisfactory to the Trustee. The Trustee shall cancel and destroy the Global Certificates upon its exchange in full for Definitive Certificates and shall deliver a certificate
of destruction to the Transferor. Such certificate shall also state that a certificate or certificates of each Foreign Clearing Agency to the effect referred to in Section 6.13 was received with respect to each portion of the Global Certificate
exchanged for Definitive Certificates. 
 The Transferor shall execute and deliver to the Trustee or the Transfer Agent and Registrar, as
applicable, Bearer Certificates and Registered Certificates in such amounts and at such times as are necessary to enable the Trustee to fulfill its responsibilities under this Agreement and the Certificates. 
 (b) Except as provided in Section 6.09 or 7.02 or in any Supplement, in no event shall the Transferor Certificate or any interest therein, or, as
the case may be, the uncertificated interest in the Transferor Interest or any interest therein, be transferred hereunder, in whole or in part, unless the Transferor shall have consented in writing to such transfer and unless the Trustee shall have
received (1) confirmation in writing from each Rating Agency that such transfer will not result in a lowering or withdrawal of its then-existing rating of any Series of Investor Certificates, and (2) an Opinion of Counsel that such
transfer does not adversely affect the conclusions reached in any of the federal income tax opinions dated the applicable Closing Date issued in connection with the original issuance of any Series of Investor Certificates; provided,
however, that no interest in the Transferor Certificate or, as the case may 
  

 54 

 be, the uncertificated interest in the Transferor Interest may be transferred unless its initial offering price would be
at least $20,000 and it cannot be subdivided for resale into units smaller than a unit the initial offering price of which would have been at least $20,000, absent an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such transfer would not cause the Trust to
be treated as a publicly traded partnership under the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). In connection with any transfer of an interest in the Transferor Certificate or, as the case may be, the uncertificated interest in the Transferor
Interest, the holder (including the Transferor or any subsequent transferee) thereof shall not sell, trade or transfer any interest therein or cause any interest therein to be marketed on or through either (i) an “established securities
market” within the meaning of Section 7704(b)(1) of the Code, including without limitation an interdealer quotation system that regularly disseminates firm buy or sell quotations by identified brokers or dealers by electronic means or
otherwise or (ii) a “secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)” within the meaning of Code section 7704(b)(2), including a market wherein interests in the Transferor Certificate are regularly quoted by any person making
a market in such interests and a market wherein any person regularly makes available bid or offer quotes with respect to interests in the Transferor Certificate and stands ready to effect buy or sell transactions at the quoted prices for itself or
on behalf of others. 
 (c) Unless otherwise provided in the related Supplement, registration of transfer of Registered Certificates
containing a legend relating to the restrictions on transfer of such Registered Certificates (which legend shall be set forth in the Supplement relating to such Investor Certificates) shall be effected only if the conditions set forth in such
related Supplement are satisfied. 
 Whenever a Registered Certificate containing the legend set forth in the related Supplement is presented
to the Transfer Agent and Registrar for registration of transfer, the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall promptly seek instructions from the Transferor regarding such transfer. The Transfer Agent and Registrar and the Trustee shall be entitled to
receive written instructions signed by an officer of the Transferor prior to registering any such transfer or authenticating new Registered Certificates, as the case may be. The Transferor hereby agrees to indemnify the Transfer Agent and Registrar
and the Trustee and to hold each of them harmless against any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on their part arising out of or in connection with actions taken or omitted by them in reliance on any such written
instructions furnished pursuant to this subsection 6.03(c). The Transferor’s obligation pursuant to this subsection 6.03(c) shall not constitute a claim against the Trust Assets and shall only constitute a claim against the Transferor to the
extent the Transferor has funds sufficient to make payment on such obligations from amounts paid to it as Holder of the Transferor Interest. 
 (d) The Transfer Agent and Registrar will maintain at its expense in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York (and subject to this Section 6.03, if specified in the related Supplement for any Series, any other city designated in
such Supplement) an office or offices or an agency or agencies where Investor Certificates of such Series may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange. 
 Section 6.04. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates. If (a) any mutilated Certificate (together, in the
case of Bearer Certificates, with all unmatured Coupons, if any, appertaining thereto) is surrendered to the Transfer Agent and Registrar, or the Transfer Agent and Registrar receives evidence to its satisfaction of the 
  

 55 

 destruction, loss or theft of any Certificate and (b) there is delivered to the Transfer Agent and
Registrar and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Trustee that such Certificate has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Transferor shall
execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and (unless the Transfer Agent and Registrar is different from the Trustee, in which case the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall) deliver (in compliance with applicable law), in exchange for or in lieu of
any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate, a new Certificate of like tenor and aggregate Undivided Interest. In connection with the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 6.04, the Trustee or the Transfer Agent and
Registrar may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee and the Transfer Agent and Registrar)
connected therewith. Any duplicate Certificate issued pursuant to this Section 6.04 shall constitute complete and indefeasible evidence of ownership in the Trust, as if originally issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate
shall be found at any time. 
 Section 6.05. Persons Deemed Owners. Prior to due presentation of a Certificate
for registration of transfer, the Trustee, the Transferor, the Servicer, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent and Registrar and any agent of any of them may treat a Certificateholder as the owner of the related Certificate for the purpose of
receiving distributions pursuant to Article V (as described in any Supplement) and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither the Trustee, the Transferor, the Servicer, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent and Registrar nor any agent of any of
them shall be affected by any notice to the contrary; provided, however, that in determining whether the holders of Investor Certificates evidencing the requisite Undivided Interests have given any request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Investor Certificates owned by the Transferor, the Servicer or any Affiliate thereof shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be
protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Investor Certificates which a Responsible Officer in the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so
disregarded. Investor Certificates so owned that have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded as outstanding, if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Investor
Certificates and that the pledgee is not the Transferor, the Servicer or an Affiliate thereof. 
 In the case of a Bearer
Certificate, the Trustee, the Transferor, the Servicer, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent and Registrar and any agent of any of them may treat the holder of a Bearer Certificate or Coupon as the owner of such Bearer Certificate or Coupon for the
purpose of receiving distributions pursuant to Article IV and Article XII and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither the Trustee, the Transferor, the Servicer, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent and Registrar nor any agent of any of them
shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. Certificates so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded and may be regarded as outstanding, if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the
pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Investor Certificates and that the pledgee is not the Transferor, the Servicer or an Affiliate thereof. 
  

 56 

 Section 6.06. Appointment of Paying Agent. 
 (a) The Paying Agent shall make distributions to Investor Certificateholders from the appropriate account or accounts maintained for the benefit of
Certificateholders as specified in this Agreement or the related Supplement for any Series pursuant to Articles IV and V hereof. Any Paying Agent shall have the revocable power to withdraw funds from such appropriate account or accounts for the
purpose of making distributions referred to above. The Trustee (or the Transferor if the Trustee is the Paying Agent) may revoke such power and remove the Paying Agent, if the Trustee (or the Transferor if the Trustee is the Paying Agent) determines
in its sole discretion that the Paying Agent shall have failed to perform its obligations under this Agreement in any material respect or for other good cause. The Trustee (or the Transferor if the Trustee is the Paying Agent) shall notify
Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch of the removal of any Paying Agent. The Paying Agent, unless the Supplement with respect to any Series states otherwise, shall initially be the Trustee. If any form of Investor Certificate is
issued as a Global Certificate, or if and so long as any Series of Investor Certificates are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and such exchange shall so require, the Trustee shall appoint a co-paying agent in Luxembourg or another European
city. The Trustee shall be permitted to resign as Paying Agent upon 30 days’ written notice to the Servicer and the Transferor. In the event that the Trustee shall no longer be the Paying Agent, the Trustee shall appoint a successor to act as
Paying Agent (which shall be a bank or trust company). The provisions of Sections 11.01, 11.02 and 11.03 shall apply to the Trustee also in its role as Paying Agent, for so long as the Trustee shall act as Paying Agent. Any reference in this
Agreement to the Paying Agent shall include any co-paying agent unless the context requires otherwise. 
 If specified in the related
Supplement for any Series, so long as the Investor Certificates of such Series are outstanding, the Transferor shall maintain a co-paying agent in New York City (for Registered Certificates only) or any other city designated in such Supplement
which, if and so long as any Series of Investor Certificates is listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange or other stock exchange and such exchange so requires, shall be in Luxembourg or the location required by such other stock exchange. 

(b) The Trustee shall cause the Paying Agent (other than itself) to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall
agree with the Trustee that such Paying Agent will hold all sums, if any, held by it for payment to the Certificateholders in trust for the benefit of the Certificateholders entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Certificateholders
and shall agree, and if the Trustee is the Paying Agent it hereby agrees, that it shall comply with all requirements of the Code regarding the withholding by the Trustee of payments in respect of federal income taxes due from Certificate Owners.

 Section 6.07. Access to List of Certificateholders’ Names and Addresses. The Trustee will furnish or
cause to be furnished by the Transfer Agent and Registrar to the Servicer, the Transferor, or the Paying Agent, within five Business Days after receipt by the Trustee of a request therefor from the Servicer, the Transferor or the Paying Agent,
respectively, in writing, a list in such form as the Servicer, the Transferor or the Paying Agent may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Investor Certificateholders as of the most recent Record Date for payment of distributions to
Investor Certificateholders. Unless otherwise provided in the related Supplement, holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating not less than 
  

 57 

 10% of the Investor Interest of the Investor Certificates of any Series (the “Applicants”) may
apply in writing to the Trustee, and if such application states that the Applicants desire to communicate with other Investor Certificateholders of any Series with respect to their rights under this Agreement or under the Investor Certificates and
is accompanied by a copy of the communication which such Applicants propose to transmit, then the Trustee, after having been adequately indemnified by such Applicants for its costs and expenses, shall afford or shall cause the Transfer Agent and
Registrar to afford such Applicants access during normal business hours to the most recent list of Certificateholders held by the Trustee and shall give the Servicer and the Transferor notice that such request has been made, within five Business
Days after the receipt of such application. Such list shall be as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date of receipt of such Applicants’ request. Every Certificateholder, by receiving and holding a Certificate, agrees with the Trustee
that neither the Trustee, the Servicer, the Transferor, the Transfer Agent and Registrar, nor any of their respective agents shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the
Certificateholders hereunder, regardless of the source from which such information was obtained. 
 Section 6.08.
Authenticating Agent. 
 (a) The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents with respect to the Certificates which shall be
authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee in authenticating the Certificates in connection with the issuance, delivery, registration of transfer, exchange or repayment of the Certificates. Whenever reference is made in this Agreement to the
authentication of Certificates by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication on behalf of the Trustee by an authenticating agent and a certificate of authentication
executed on behalf of the Trustee by an authenticating agent. Each authenticating agent must be acceptable to the Transferor. 
 (b) Any
institution succeeding to the corporate agency business of an authenticating agent shall continue to be an authenticating agent without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or such authenticating agent.

 (c) An authenticating agent may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee and to the Transferor. The
Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an authenticating agent by giving notice of termination to such authenticating agent and to the Transferor. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any
time an authenticating agent shall cease to be acceptable to the Trustee or the Transferor, the Trustee promptly may appoint a successor authenticating agent. Any successor authenticating agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall
become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an authenticating agent. No successor authenticating agent shall be appointed unless acceptable to the Trustee and the
Transferor. 
 (d) The Trustee agrees to pay each authenticating agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services under this
Section 6.08, and the Trustee shall be entitled to be reimbursed and the Servicer shall reimburse the Trustee for such reasonable payments actually made, subject to the provisions of Section 11.05. 
  

 58 

 (e) The provisions of Sections 11.01, 11.02 and 11.03 shall be applicable to any authenticating agent.

 (f) Pursuant to an appointment made under this Section 6.08, the Certificates may have endorsed thereon, in lieu of the
Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication in substantially the following form: 
 This is one
of the certificates described in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 
  

			
	  

	as Authenticating Agent
	    for the Trustee,
		
	 By:
	 	  

 Authorized Officer 
 Section 6.09. New Issuances. 
 (a) Upon the issuance of Investor Certificates of a new Series, the Trustee shall issue to the Holder of the Transferor Certificate under Section 6.01, for execution and redelivery to the Trustee for
authentication under Section 6.02, Investor Certificates of such Series. Each Investor Certificate of any such Series shall be substantially in the form specified in the related Supplement and shall bear upon its face the designation for such
Series to which it belongs, as selected by the Transferor. Except as specified in any Supplement for a related Series, all Investor Certificates of any Series shall rank pari passu and be equally and ratably entitled as provided herein
to the benefits hereof (except that the Credit Enhancement provided for any Series shall not be available for any other Series) without preference, priority or distinction on account of the actual time or times of authentication and delivery, all in
accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the related Supplement. 
 (b) The Holder of the Transferor Certificate may
permit Investor Certificates of one or more new Series to be issued (each, a “New Issuance”) by notifying the Trustee in writing at least three days in advance (a “New Issuance Notice”) of the date upon which the New Issuance is
to occur (a “New Issuance Date”). Any New Issuance Notice shall state the designation of any Series (and Class thereof, if applicable) to be issued on the New Issuance Date and, with respect to each such Series: (a) its Initial
Investor Interest (or the method for calculating such Initial Investor Interest), (b) its Certificate Rate (or the method for allocating interest payments or other cash flows to such Series), if any, and (c) the Credit Enhancement
Provider, if any, with respect to such Series. On the New Issuance Date, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver the Investor Certificates of any such Series only upon delivery to it of the following: (a) a Supplement satisfying the criteria
set forth in subsection 6.09(c) executed by the Transferor and specifying the Principal Terms of such Series, (b) the applicable Credit Enhancement, if any, (c) the agreement, if any, pursuant to which the Credit Enhancement Provider
agrees to provide any Credit Enhancement, (d)(i) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, except to the extent otherwise stated in the related Supplement, the Investor Certificates of the newly issued Series will be treated as debt for federal
income tax purposes and (ii) a Tax Opinion with respect to the issuance of such Series, (e) written confirmation from each Rating Agency that the New Issuance will not result in such Rating Agency’s reducing or withdrawing 

 

 59 

 its rating on any then outstanding Series as to which it is a Rating Agency, and (f) an Officer’s Certificate
signed by a Vice President (or any more senior officer) of the Transferor, that on the New Issuance Date (i) the Transferor, after giving effect to such New Issuance, would not be required to add Additional Accounts pursuant to subsection
2.06(a) and (ii) after giving effect to such New Issuance, the Transferor Interest would be at least equal to the Minimum Transferor Interest. In addition, the Transferor agrees to provide notice of new issuances of Series of Investor
Certificates as may be required by and in accordance with Item 1121(a)(14) of Regulation AB. Upon satisfaction of such conditions, the Trustee shall issue the Investor Certificates of such Series and a new Transferor Certificate, if applicable,
dated the New Issuance Date, as provided above. There is no limit to the number of New Issuances that may be performed under this Agreement. 
 (c) In conjunction with a New Issuance, the parties hereto shall execute a Supplement, which shall specify the relevant terms with respect to the Investor Certificates of any newly issued Series, which may include without limitation:
(i) its name or designation, (ii) the Initial Investor Interest or the method of calculating the Initial Investor Interest, (iii) the method of determining any adjusted Investor Interest, if applicable, (iv) the Certificate Rate
(or formula for the determination thereof), (v) the Closing Date, (vi) each Rating Agency rating such Series, (vii) the name of the Clearing Agency, if any, (viii) the rights of the Holder of the Transferor Certificate that have
been transferred to the Holders of such Series pursuant to such New Issuance (including any rights to allocations of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables and Principal Receivables), (ix) the interest payment date or dates and the date or
dates from which interest shall accrue, (x) the periods during which or dates on which principal will be paid or accrued, (xi) the method of allocating Collections with respect to Principal Receivables for such Series and, if applicable,
with respect to other Series, the method by which the principal amount of Investor Certificates of such Series shall amortize or accrete and the method for allocating Collections with respect to Finance Charge Receivables and Receivables in
Defaulted Accounts, (xii) any other Collections with respect to Receivables or other amounts available to be paid with respect to such Series, (xiii) the names of any accounts to be used by such Series and the terms governing the operation
of any such account and use of moneys therein, (xiv) the Series Servicing Fee and the Series Servicing Fee Percentage, (xv) the Minimum Transferor Interest and the Series Termination Date, (xvi) the terms of any Credit Enhancement
with respect to such Series and the Credit Enhancement Provider, if applicable, (xvii) the base rate applicable to such Series, (xviii) the terms on which the Certificates of such Series may be repurchased or remarketed to other investors,
(xix) any deposit into any account provided for such Series, (xx) the number of Classes of such Series and, if more than one Class, the rights and priorities of each such Class, (xxi) whether Interchange or other fees will be included
in the funds available to be paid for such Series, (xxii) the priority of any Series with respect to any other Series, (xxiii) the Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables, (xxiv) whether such Series will be part of a Group,
(xxv) whether such Series will or may be a Companion Series and the Series with which it will be paired, if applicable, and (xxvi) any other relevant terms of such Series (including whether or not such Series will be pledged as collateral
for an issuance of any other securities, including commercial paper) (all such terms, the “Principal Terms” of such Series). The terms of such Supplement may modify or amend the terms of this Agreement solely as applied to such new Series.
If on the date of the issuance of such Series there is issued and outstanding one or more Series of Investor Certificates and no Series of Investor Certificates is currently rated by a Rating Agency, then as a condition to such New Issuance a
nationally recognized investment banking firm or commercial bank shall also deliver to the Trustee an officer’s certificate stating, in substance, that the New Issuance will not have an adverse effect on the timing or distribution of payments
to the Investor Certificates of such other Series then issued and outstanding. 
  

 60 

 Section 6.10. Book-Entry Certificates. Unless otherwise provided in any
related Supplement, the Investor Certificates, upon original issuance, shall be issued in the form of typewritten Certificates representing the Book-Entry Certificates, to be delivered to the depository specified in such Supplement (the
“Depository”) which shall be the Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency, by or on behalf of such Series. The Investor Certificates of each Series shall, unless otherwise provided in the related Supplement, initially be registered on
the Certificate Register in the name of the nominee of the Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency. No Certificate Owner will receive a definitive certificate representing such Certificate Owner’s interest in the related Series of Investor
Certificates, except as provided in Section 6.12. Unless and until definitive, fully registered Investor Certificates of any Series (“Definitive Certificates”) have been issued to Certificate Owners pursuant to Section 6.12:

 (i) the provisions of this Section 6.10 shall be in full force and effect with respect to each such Series;

 (ii) the Transferor, the Servicer, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent and Registrar and the Trustee may deal with the
Clearing Agency and the Clearing Agency Participants for all purposes (including the making of distributions on the Investor Certificates of each such Series) as the authorized representatives of the Certificate Owners; 
 (iii) to the extent that the provisions of this Section 6.10 conflict with any other provisions of this Agreement, the provisions of
this Section 6.10 shall control with respect to each such Series; and 
 (iv) the rights of Certificate Owners of each
such Series shall be exercised only through the Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency and the applicable Clearing Agency Participants and shall be limited to those established by law and agreements between such Certificate Owners and the
Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency and/or the Clearing Agency Participants. Pursuant to the Depository Agreement applicable to a Series, unless and until Definitive Certificates of such Series are issued pursuant to Section 6.12, the
initial Clearing Agency will make book-entry transfers among the Clearing Agency Participants and receive and transmit distributions of principal and interest on the Investor Certificates to such Clearing Agency Participants. 
 Section 6.11. Notices to Clearing Agency. Whenever notice or other communication to the Certificateholders is required under
this Agreement, unless and until Definitive Certificates shall have been issued to Certificate Owners pursuant to Section 6.12, the Trustee shall give all such notices and communications specified herein to be given to Holders of the Investor
Certificates to the Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency for distribution to Holders of Investor Certificates. 
 Section 6.12. Definitive Certificates. If (i) (A) the Transferor advises the Trustee in writing that the Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency is no longer willing or able to discharge properly its
responsibilities under the applicable Depository 
  

 61 

 Agreement, and (B) the Trustee or the Transferor is unable to locate a qualified successor,
(ii) the Transferor, at its option, advises the Trustee in writing that it elects to terminate the book-entry system through the Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency with respect to any Series of Certificates or (iii) after the
occurrence of a Servicer Default, Certificate Owners of a Series representing beneficial interests aggregating not less than 50% of the Investor Interest of such Series advise the Trustee and the applicable Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency
through the applicable Clearing Agency Participants in writing that the continuation of a book-entry system through the applicable Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency is no longer in the best interests of the Certificate Owners, the Trustee
shall notify all Certificate Owners of such Series, through the applicable Clearing Agency Participants, of the occurrence of any such event and of the availability of Definitive Certificates to Certificate Owners of such Series requesting the same.
Upon surrender to the Trustee of the Investor Certificates of such Series by the applicable Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency, accompanied by registration instructions from the applicable Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency for
registration, the Trustee shall issue the Definitive Certificates of such Series. Neither the Transferor nor the Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying
on, such instructions. Upon the issuance of Definitive Certificates of such Series all references herein to obligations imposed upon or to be performed by the applicable Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency shall be deemed to be imposed upon
and performed by the Trustee, to the extent applicable with respect to such Definitive Certificates, and the Trustee shall recognize the Holders of the Definitive Certificates of such Series as Certificateholders of such Series hereunder.

 Section 6.13. Global Certificate; Euro-Certificate Exchange Date. If specified in the related Supplement for
any Series, the Investor Certificates may be initially issued in the form of a single temporary Global Certificate (the “Global Certificate”) in bearer form, without interest coupons, in the denomination of the Initial Investor Interest
and substantially in the form attached to the related Supplement. Unless otherwise specified in the related Supplement, the provisions of this Section 6.13 shall apply to such Global Certificate. The Global Certificate will be authenticated by
the Trustee upon the same conditions, in substantially the same manner and with the same effect as the Definitive Certificates. The Global Certificate may be exchanged in the manner described in the related Supplement for Registered or Bearer
Certificates in definitive form. 
 Section 6.14. Meetings of Certificateholders. 
 To the extent provided by the Supplement for any Series issued in whole or in part in Bearer Certificates, the Transferor or the Trustee may at any time
call a meeting of the Certificateholders of such Series, to be held at such time and at such place as the Transferor or the Trustee, as the case may be, shall determine, for the purpose of approving a modification of or amendment to, or obtaining a
waiver of, any covenant or condition set forth in this Agreement with respect to such Series or in the Certificates of such Series, subject to Section 13.01 of the Agreement. 
 [End of Article VI] 
  

 62 

 ARTICLE VII 
 OTHER MATTERS RELATING 
 TO THE TRANSFEROR 
 Section 7.01. Liability of the Transferor. The Transferor shall be liable in accordance herewith to the extent of the
obligations specifically undertaken by the Transferor; provided, however, that to the extent the Transferor’s liabilities constitute monetary claims against the Transferor, such claims shall not constitute claims against the Trust
Assets, and shall only constitute a monetary claim against the Transferor to the extent the Transferor has funds sufficient to make payment on such liabilities from amounts paid to it as Holder of the Transferor Interest. 
 Section 7.02. Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, the Transferor. 
 (a) The Transferor shall not consolidate with or merge into any other corporation or entity or convey or transfer its properties and assets substantially
as an entirety to any Person, unless: 
 (i) the company or other entity formed by such consolidation or into which the
Transferor is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer the properties and assets of the Transferor substantially as an entirety shall be, if the Transferor is not the surviving entity, a corporation or limited liability company
organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State or the District of Columbia, and shall be a savings association, national banking association, a bank or other entity which is not eligible to be a debtor in a case
under Title 11 of the United States Code or is a special purpose corporation or other special purpose entity whose powers and activities are limited to substantially the same degree as provided in the limited liability company agreement of Funding,
and if the Transferor is not the surviving entity, shall expressly assume, by an agreement supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee and the Servicer, the performance of every covenant and
obligation of the Transferor, as applicable hereunder and shall benefit from all the rights granted to the Transferor, as applicable hereunder. To the extent that any right, covenant or obligation of the Transferor, as applicable hereunder, is
inapplicable to the successor entity, such successor entity shall be subject to such covenant or obligation, or benefit from such right, as would apply, to the extent practicable, to such successor entity. In furtherance hereof, in applying this
Section 7.02 to a successor entity, Section 9.02 hereof shall be applied by reference to events of involuntary liquidation, receivership or conservatorship applicable to such successor entity as shall be set forth in the officer’s
certificate described in subsection 7.02(a)(ii); 
 (ii) the Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s
Certificate signed by a Vice President (or any more senior officer) of the Transferor stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer and such supplemental agreement comply with this Section 7.02 and that all conditions
precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel that such supplemental agreement is legal, valid and binding; 
  

 63 

 (iii) each Rating Agency shall have notified the Transferor that such consolidation,
merger, conveyance or transfer will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the rating of any outstanding Series or Class to which it is a Rating Agency; and 
 (iv) the Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee a Tax Opinion, dated the date of such consolidation, merger, conveyance or
transfer, with respect thereto. 
 (b) The obligations of the Transferor hereunder shall not be assignable nor shall any Person succeed to
the obligations of the Transferor hereunder except for mergers, consolidations, assumptions or transfers in accordance with the provisions of the foregoing paragraph. 
 Section 7.03. Limitation on Liability. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the directors, officers, members,
employees or agents of the Transferor shall not be under any liability to the Trust, the Trustee, the Servicer, the Certificateholders, any Credit Enhancement Provider or any other Person hereunder or pursuant to any document delivered hereunder, it
being expressly understood that all such liability is expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as consideration for, the execution of this Agreement and any Supplement and the issuance of the Certificates; provided,
however, that this provision shall not protect the officers, directors, employees, or agents of the Transferor against any liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the
performance of duties or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties hereunder. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Transferor shall not be under any liability to the Trust, the Trustee, the Servicer, the
Certificateholders, any Credit Enhancement Provider or any other Person for any action taken or for refraining from the taking of any action in its capacity as Transferor pursuant to this Agreement or any Supplement whether arising from express or
implied duties under this Agreement or any Supplement; provided, however, that this provision shall not protect the Transferor against any liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross
negligence in the performance of duties or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties hereunder. The Transferor and any director, officer, employee or agent may rely in good faith on any document of any kind prima facie
properly executed and submitted by any Person respecting any matters arising hereunder. 
 Section 7.04.
Liabilities. Notwithstanding Section 7.03 (and notwithstanding Sections 3.02, 8.03, 8.04 and 11.11), by entering into this Agreement, the Transferor agrees to be liable, directly to the injured party, for the entire amount of any losses,
claims, damages or liabilities (other than those incurred by an Investor Certificateholder in the capacity of an investor in the Investor Certificates or those which arise from any action by any Investor Certificateholder) arising out of or based on
the arrangement created by this Agreement (to the extent any property of the Trust is remaining after the Investor Certificateholders have been paid in full are insufficient to pay such losses, claims, damages or liabilities) and the actions of the
Transferor taken pursuant hereto as though this Agreement created a partnership under the Delaware Revised Uniform Partnership Act in which the Transferor was a general partner; provided, however, that to the extent the
Transferor’s liabilities pursuant to this Section 7.04 shall not constitute claims against the Trust Assets, and shall only constitute a 
  

 64 

 monetary claim against the Transferor to the extent the Transferor has funds sufficient to make payment
on such liabilities from amounts paid to it as Holder of the Transferor Interest. The rights to the injured party provided by this Section 7.04 shall run directly to and be enforceable by such party subject to the limitations hereof. In the
event of the appointment of a Successor Servicer, the Successor Servicer will (from its own assets and not from the assets of the Trust) indemnify and hold harmless the Transferor against and from any losses, claims, damages and liabilities of the
Transferor as described in this Section arising from the actions or omissions of such Successor Servicer. 
 [End Of Article VII] 

 

 65 

 ARTICLE VIII 
 OTHER MATTERS RELATING 
 TO THE SERVICER 
 Section 8.01. Liability of the Servicer. The Servicer shall be liable in accordance herewith only to the extent of the
obligations specifically undertaken by the Servicer in such capacity herein. 
 Section 8.02. Merger or Consolidation
of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, the Servicer. The Servicer shall not consolidate with or merge into any other corporation or entity or convey or transfer its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, unless:

 (i) the corporation or other entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Servicer is merged or the Person which
acquires by conveyance or transfer the properties and assets of the Servicer substantially as an entirety shall be a corporation or entity organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State or the District of
Columbia, and shall be a savings association, national banking association, bank or other entity which is not eligible to be a debtor in a case under Title 11 of the United States Code and, if the Servicer is not the surviving entity, shall
expressly assume, by an agreement supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee and the Transferor in form satisfactory to the Trustee and the Transferor, the performance of every covenant and obligation of the Servicer hereunder (to
the extent that any right, covenant or obligation of the Servicer, as applicable hereunder, is inapplicable to the successor entity, such successor entity shall be subject to such covenant or obligation, or benefit from such right, as would apply,
to the extent practicable, to such successor entity); 
 (ii) the Servicer shall have delivered to the Trustee and the
Transferor an Officer’s Certificate or the Servicer that such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer and such supplemental agreement comply with this Section 8.02 and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to
such transaction have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel that such supplemental agreement is legal, valid and binding with respect to the Servicer; and 
 (iii) the Servicer shall have delivered notice to the Rating Agency of such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer. 
 Section 8.03. Limitation on Liability of the Servicer and Others. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the
directors, officers, employees or agents of the Servicer shall not be under any liability to the Trust, the Trustee, the Transferor, the Certificateholders, any Credit Enhancement Provider or any other Person hereunder or pursuant to any document
delivered hereunder, it being expressly understood that all such liability is expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as consideration for, the execution of this Agreement and any Supplement and the issuance of the Certificates;
provided, however, that this provision shall not protect the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Servicer against any liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross
negligence in the performance of duties 
  

 66 

 or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties hereunder. To the fullest extent permitted
by applicable law, except as provided in Section 8.04 with respect to the Transferor, the Trust and the Trustee, and their officers, directors, employees and agents, the Servicer shall not be under any liability to the Trust, the Transferor,
the Trustee, their officers, directors, employees and agents, the Certificateholders or any other Person for any action taken or for refraining from the taking of any action in its capacity as Servicer pursuant to this Agreement or any Supplement;
provided, however, that this provision shall not protect the Servicer against any liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of duties or by reason of
its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder or under any Supplement. The Servicer may rely in good faith on any document of any kind prima facie properly executed and submitted by any Person respecting any matters
arising hereunder. The Servicer shall not be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action which is not incidental to its duties to service the Receivables in accordance with this Agreement which in its reasonable opinion
may involve it in any expense or liability. 
 Section 8.04. Servicer Indemnification of the Transferor, the Trust
and the Trustee. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Servicer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Transferor, the Trust and the Trustee, and their officers, directors, members, employees and agents, from and against any
reasonable loss, liability, expense, damage or injury suffered or sustained by reason of any acts or omissions or alleged acts or omissions of the Servicer with respect to activities of the Trust or the Trustee pursuant to this Agreement or any
Supplement, including, but not limited to any judgment, award, settlement, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs or expenses incurred in connection with the defense of any actual or threatened action, proceeding or claim; provided,
however, that the Servicer shall not indemnify any Person who would otherwise be entitled to indemnity under the terms of this Section 8.04, with respect to (i) acts, omissions or alleged acts or omissions that are done or made in
compliance or consistent with this Agreement or any Supplement or that constitute or are caused by fraud, negligence, or willful misconduct by such Person, (ii) any liabilities, costs or expenses of such Person with respect to any action taken
at the request of the Investor Certificateholders, (iii) any losses, claims or damages incurred by such Person in its capacity as investor, including, without limitation, losses incurred as a result of Defaulted Accounts or Receivables which
are written off as uncollectible, or (iv) any liabilities, costs or expenses of such Person arising under any tax law, including without limitation, any federal, state, local or foreign income or franchise taxes or any other tax imposed on or
measured by income (or any interest or penalties with respect thereto or arising from a failure to comply therewith) required to be paid by such Person in connection herewith to any taxing authority. Any such indemnification shall not be payable
from Trust Assets. The provisions of this indemnity shall run directly to and be enforceable by an injured party subject to the limitations hereof. 
 Section 8.05. The Servicer Not to Resign. The Servicer shall not resign from the obligations and duties hereby imposed on it except upon determination that (i) the performance of its duties hereunder
is no longer permissible under applicable law and (ii) there is no reasonable action which the Servicer could take to make the performance of its duties hereunder permissible under applicable law. Any such determination 
  

 67 

 permitting the resignation of the Servicer shall be evidenced as to clause (i) above by an Opinion
of Counsel and as to clause (ii) by an Officer’s Certificate of the Servicer, each to such effect delivered to the Trustee and the Transferor. No such resignation shall become effective until the Trustee or a Successor Servicer shall have
assumed the responsibilities and obligations of the Servicer in accordance with Section 10.02 hereof. If the Trustee is unable within 120 days of the date of such determination to appoint a Successor Servicer, the Trustee shall serve as
Successor Servicer hereunder. 
 Section 8.06. Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding the
Receivables. The Servicer shall provide to the Trustee and the Transferor access to the documentation regarding the Accounts and the Receivables in such cases where the Trustee is required in connection with the enforcement of the rights of the
Investor Certificateholders, or by applicable statutes or regulations to review such documentation, such access being afforded without charge but only (i) upon reasonable request, (ii) during normal business hours, (iii) subject to
the Servicer’s normal security and confidentiality procedures and (iv) at offices designated by the Servicer. Nothing in this Section 8.06 shall derogate from the obligation of the Transferor, the Trustee or the Servicer to observe
any applicable law prohibiting disclosure of information regarding the Obligors and the failure of the Servicer to provide access as provided in this Section 8.06 as a result of such obligations shall not constitute a breach of this
Section 8.06. 
 Section 8.07. Delegation of Duties. It is understood and agreed by the parties hereto that
the Servicer may delegate certain of its duties hereunder to Bank of America, National Association, MBNA Technology, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Banc of America Card Servicing Corporation, an Arizona corporation. In the ordinary course of
business, the Servicer may at any time delegate any duties hereunder to any Person who agrees to conduct such duties in accordance with the Credit Card Guidelines. Any such delegations shall not relieve the Servicer of its liability and
responsibility with respect to such duties, and shall not constitute a resignation within the meaning of Section 8.05 hereof. If any such delegation is to a party other than Bank of America, National Association, MBNA Technology, Inc., or Banc
of America Card Servicing Corporation notification thereof shall be given to each Rating Agency and the Transferor. 
 Section 8.08. Examination of Records. The Servicer shall clearly and unambiguously identify each Account (including any Additional Account designated pursuant to Section 2.06) in its computer or other records to reflect
that the Receivables arising in such Account have been conveyed to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement. The Servicer shall, prior to the sale or transfer to a third party of any receivable held in its custody, examine its computer and other records
to determine that such receivable is not a Receivable. 
 [End of Article VIII] 
  

 68 

 ARTICLE IX 
 PAY OUT EVENTS 
 Section 9.01. Pay Out Events. If any one of the following
events (each, a “Trust Pay Out Event”) shall occur: 
 (a) the Account Owner shall consent to the appointment of a conservator or
receiver or liquidator in any insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings of or relating to the Account Owner or all or substantially all of its property, or a decree or order of a court or agency
or supervisory authority having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator in any insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings, or for the winding-up
or liquidation of its affairs, shall have been entered against the Account Owner; or the Account Owner shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, file a petition to take advantage of any applicable insolvency
or reorganization statute, make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors or voluntarily suspend payment of its obligations; 
 (b)
BACCS shall consent to the appointment of a conservator, receiver, trustee or liquidator in any insolvency, bankruptcy, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings of or relating to BACCS or relating to all or
substantially all of its property, or a decree or order of a court or agency or supervisory authority having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a conservator, receiver, trustee or liquidator in any insolvency, bankruptcy,
readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings, or for the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, shall have been entered against BACCS; or BACCS shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally
as they become due, file a petition to take advantage of any applicable insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization statute, make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors or voluntarily suspend payment of its obligations; 
 (c) the Transferor shall consent to the appointment of a conservator, receiver, trustee or liquidator in any insolvency, bankruptcy, readjustment of
debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings of or relating to the Transferor or relating to all or substantially all of its property, or a decree or order of a court or agency or supervisory authority having jurisdiction in
the premises for the appointment of a conservator, receiver, trustee or liquidator in any insolvency, bankruptcy, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings, or for the winding-up or liquidation of its
affairs, shall have been entered against the Transferor; or the Transferor shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, file a petition to take advantage of any applicable insolvency, bankruptcy or
reorganization statute, make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors or voluntarily suspend payment of its obligations (any such event described in this clause (c) or in clause (a) or (b) above, an “Insolvency
Event”); 
 (d) the Transferor shall become unable for any reason to transfer Receivables to the Trust in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement, BACCS shall become unable for any reason to transfer such Receivables to Funding in accordance with the provisions of the Receivables Purchase Agreement, or the Account Owner shall become unable for any reason to
transfer such Receivables to BACCS in accordance with the provisions of the applicable receivables sale agreement; or 
  

 69 

 (e) the Trust shall become subject to regulation by the Securities and Exchange Commission as an
“investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act; 
 then a Pay Out Event with respect to all Series of Certificates shall
occur without any notice or other action on the part of the Trustee or the Investor Certificateholders immediately upon the occurrence of such event. 
 Section 9.02. Additional Rights Upon the Occurrence of Certain Events. 
 (a) If an Insolvency
Event occurs with respect to the Transferor or the Transferor violates Section 6.03(b) for any reason, the Transferor shall on the day of such Insolvency Event or violation (the “Appointment Day”) immediately cease to transfer
Principal Receivables to the Trustee and shall promptly give notice to the Trustee thereof. Notwithstanding any cessation of the transfer to the Trustee of additional Principal Receivables, Principal Receivables transferred to the Trustee prior to
the occurrence of such Insolvency Event or violation and Collections in respect of such Principal Receivables and Finance Charge Receivables, whenever created, accrued in respect of such Principal Receivables shall continue to be a part of the
Trust, and shall continue to be allocated and paid in accordance with Article IV. Within 15 days of the Appointment Day, the Trustee shall (i) publish a notice in an Authorized Newspaper that an Insolvency Event or violation has occurred and
that the Trustee intends to sell, dispose of or otherwise liquidate the Receivables and (ii) send written notice to the Investor Certificateholders describing the provisions of this Section 9.02 and requesting instructions from such
Holders. Unless within 90 days from the day notice pursuant to clause (i) above is first published the Trustee shall have received written instructions from Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing more than 50% of the Investor Interest of
each Series issued and outstanding (or, if any such Series has two or more Classes, each Class) to the effect that such Certificateholders disapprove of the liquidation of the Receivables and wish to continue having Principal Receivables transferred
to the Trustee as before such Insolvency Event or violation, the Trustee shall use its best efforts to sell, dispose of or otherwise liquidate the Receivables by the solicitation of competitive bids and on terms equivalent to the best purchase offer
as determined by the Trustee. Neither the Transferor nor any Affiliate of the Transferor nor any agent of the Transferor shall be permitted to purchase such Receivables in such case. The Trustee may obtain a prior determination from any such
conservator, receiver or liquidator that the terms and manner of any proposed sale, disposition or liquidation are commercially reasonable. The provisions of Sections 9.01 and 9.02 shall not be deemed to be mutually exclusive. 
 (b) The proceeds from the sale, disposition or liquidation of the Receivables pursuant to subsection (a) above shall be treated as Collections on
the Receivables and shall be allocated and deposited in accordance with the provisions of Article IV; provided, that the Trustee shall determine conclusively in its sole discretion the amount of such proceeds which are allocable to Finance
Charge Receivables and the amount of such proceeds which are allocable to Principal Receivables. Unless the Trustee receives written instructions from Investor Certificateholders as provided in subsection 9.02(a) above, on the day following the last
Distribution Date in the Monthly Period during which such proceeds are distributed to the Investor Certificateholders of each Series, the Trust shall terminate. 
 (c) The Trustee may appoint an agent or agents to assist with its responsibilities pursuant to this Article IX with respect to competitive bids. 
 [End of Article IX] 
  

 70 

 ARTICLE X 
 SERVICER DEFAULTS 
 Section 10.01. Servicer Defaults. If any one of the
following events (a “Servicer Default”) shall occur and be continuing: 
 (a) any failure by the Servicer to make any payment,
transfer or deposit or to give instructions or notice to the Trustee pursuant to Article IV or to instruct the Trustee to make any required drawing, withdrawal, or payment under any Credit Enhancement on or before the date occurring five Business
Days after the date such payment, transfer, deposit, withdrawal or drawing or such instruction or notice is required to be made or given, as the case may be, under the terms of this Agreement; 
 (b) failure on the part of the Servicer duly to observe or perform in any respect any other covenants or agreements of the Servicer set forth in this
Agreement, which has a material adverse effect on the Investor Certificateholders of any Series and which continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall
have been given to the Servicer by the Trustee or the Transferor, or to the Servicer, the Transferor and the Trustee by the Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating not less than 50% of the Investor Interest of any
Series adversely affected thereby and continues to materially adversely affect such Investor Certificateholders for such period; or the Servicer shall delegate its duties under this Agreement, except as permitted by Section 8.07; 
 (c) any representation, warranty or certification made by the Servicer in this Agreement or in any certificate delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall
prove to have been incorrect when made, which has a material adverse effect on the Investor Certificateholders of any Series and which continues to be incorrect in any material respect for a period of 60 days after the date on which written notice
of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to the Servicer by the Trustee or the Transferor, or to the Servicer, the Transferor and the Trustee by the Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests
aggregating not less than 50% of the Investor Interest of any Series adversely affected thereby and continues to materially adversely affect such Investor Certificateholders for such period; or 
 (d) the Servicer shall consent to the appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator in any insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of
assets and liabilities or similar proceedings of or relating to the Servicer or of or relating to all or substantially all of its property, or a decree or order of a court or agency or supervisory authority having jurisdiction in the premises for
the appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator in any insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings, or for the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, shall have been entered against
the Servicer, and such decree or order shall have remained in force undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or the Servicer shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, file a petition to take
advantage of any applicable insolvency or reorganization statute, make any assignment for the benefit of its creditors or voluntarily suspend payment of its obligations; then, so long as such Servicer Default shall not have been remedied, either the
Trustee, or the Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating more than 50% of the Aggregate Investor Interest, by notice then given in writing to the Servicer (and to the Trustee 
  

 71 

 and the Transferor if given by the Investor Certificateholders) (a “Termination Notice”), may terminate all of
the rights and obligations of the Servicer as Servicer under this Agreement. After receipt by the Servicer of such Termination Notice, and on the date that a Successor Servicer shall have been appointed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 10.02,
all authority and power of the Servicer under this Agreement shall pass to and be vested in a Successor Servicer; and, without limitation, the Trustee is hereby authorized and empowered (upon the failure of the Servicer to cooperate) to execute and
deliver, on behalf of the Servicer, as attorney-in-fact or otherwise, all documents and other instruments upon the failure of the Servicer to execute or deliver such documents or instruments, and to do and accomplish all other acts or things
necessary or appropriate to effect the purposes of such transfer of servicing rights and obligations. The Servicer agrees to cooperate with the Trustee and such Successor Servicer in effecting the termination of the responsibilities and rights of
the Servicer to conduct servicing hereunder including, without limitation, the transfer to such Successor Servicer of all authority of the Servicer to service the Receivables provided for under this Agreement, including, without limitation, all
authority over all Collections which shall on the date of transfer be held by the Servicer for deposit, or which have been deposited by the Servicer, in the Collection Account, the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account, and any Series
Account, or which shall thereafter be received with respect to the Receivables, and in assisting the Successor Servicer and in enforcing all rights to Insurance Proceeds, Recoveries and Interchange (if any) applicable to the Trust. The Servicer
shall promptly transfer its electronic records or electronic copies thereof relating to the Receivables to the Successor Servicer in such electronic form as the Successor Servicer may reasonably request and shall promptly transfer to the Successor
Servicer all other records, correspondence and documents necessary for the continued servicing of the Receivables in the manner and at such times as the Successor Servicer shall reasonably request. To the extent that compliance with this
Section 10.01 shall require the Servicer to disclose to the Successor Servicer information of any kind which the Servicer reasonably deems to be confidential, the Successor Servicer shall be required to enter into such customary licensing and
confidentiality agreements as the Servicer shall deem necessary to protect its interests. The Servicer shall, on the date of any servicing transfer, transfer all of its rights and obligations under the Credit Enhancement with respect to any Series
to the Successor Servicer. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, a delay in or failure of performance referred to in subsection 10.01(a) for a
period of 10 Business Days or under subsection 10.01(b) or (c) for a period of 60 Business Days, shall not constitute a Servicer Default if such delay or failure could not be prevented by the exercise of reasonable diligence by the Servicer and
such delay or failure was caused by an act of God or the public enemy, acts of declared or undeclared war, public disorder, rebellion, riot or sabotage, epidemics, landslides, lightning, fire, hurricanes, tornadoes, earthquakes, nuclear disasters or
meltdowns, floods, power outages or similar causes. The preceding sentence shall not relieve the Servicer from using its best efforts to perform its obligations in a timely manner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Servicer shall
provide the Trustee, any Credit Enhancement Provider, the Transferor and the Holders of Investor Certificates with an Officer’s Certificate of the Servicer giving prompt notice of such failure or delay by it, together with a description of the
cause of such failure or delay and its efforts so to perform its obligations. 
  

 72 

 Section 10.02. Trustee to Act; Appointment of Successor. 
 (a) On and after the receipt by the Servicer of a Termination Notice pursuant to Section 10.01, the Servicer shall continue to perform all servicing
functions under this Agreement until the date specified in the Termination Notice or otherwise specified by the Trustee in writing or, if no such date is specified in such Termination Notice, or otherwise specified by the Trustee, until a date
mutually agreed upon by the Servicer and Trustee. The Trustee shall notify each Rating Agency and the Transferor of such removal of the Servicer. The Trustee shall, as promptly as possible after the giving of a Termination Notice appoint a successor
servicer (the “Successor Servicer”), and such Successor Servicer shall accept its appointment by a written assumption in a form acceptable to the Trustee. The Trustee may obtain bids from any potential successor servicer. If the Trustee is
unable to obtain any bids from any potential successor servicer and the Servicer delivers an Officer’s Certificate of the Servicer to the effect that it cannot in good faith cure the Servicer Default which gave rise to a Termination Notice, and
if the Trustee is legally unable to act as Successor Servicer, then the Trustee shall notify the Transferor and each Credit Enhancement Provider of the proposed sale of the Receivables and shall provide each such Credit Enhancement Provider an
opportunity to bid on the Receivables and, except in the case of a Servicer Default set forth in subsection 10.01(d), shall offer the Transferor the right of first refusal to purchase the Receivables on terms equivalent to the best purchase offer as
determined by the Trustee, but in no event less than an amount equal to the Aggregate Investor Interest on the date of such purchase plus all interest accrued but unpaid on all of the outstanding Investor Certificates at the applicable
Certificate Rate through the date of such purchase; provided, however, that if the short-term deposits or long-term unsecured debt obligations of the Transferor are not rated at the time of such purchase at least P-3 or Baa3,
respectively, by Moody’s, if Moody’s is a Rating Agency with respect to any Series of Certificates outstanding, no such purchase by the Transferor shall occur unless the Transferor shall deliver an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable
to the Trustee that such purchase would not constitute a fraudulent conveyance of the Transferor. The proceeds of such sale shall be deposited in the Distribution Account or any Series Account, as provided in the related Supplement, for distribution
to the Investor Certificateholders of each outstanding Series pursuant to Section 12.03 of the Agreement. In the event that a Successor Servicer has not been appointed and has not accepted its appointment at the time when the Servicer ceases to
act as Servicer, the Trustee without further action shall automatically be appointed the Successor Servicer. Notwithstanding the above, the Trustee shall, if it is legally unable so to act, petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint any
established financial institution having, in the case of an entity that is subject to risk-based capital adequacy requirements, risk-based capital of at least $50,000,000 or, in the case of an entity that is not subject to risk-based capital
requirements, having a net worth of not less than $50,000,000 and whose regular business includes the servicing of VISA,® MasterCard® or American Express® credit card receivables as the Successor Servicer hereunder. 
 (b) Upon its appointment, the
Successor Servicer shall be the successor in all respects to the Servicer with respect to servicing functions under this Agreement and shall be subject to all the responsibilities, duties and liabilities relating thereto placed on the Servicer by
the terms and provisions hereof, and all references in this Agreement to the Servicer shall be deemed to refer to the Successor Servicer. Any Successor Servicer, by its acceptance of its appointment, will automatically agree to be bound by the terms
and provisions of each Credit Enhancement. 
  

 73 

 (c) In connection with such appointment and assumption, the Trustee shall be entitled to such
compensation, or may make such arrangements for the compensation of the Successor Servicer out of Collections, as it and such Successor Servicer shall agree; provided, however, that no such compensation shall be in excess of the
Servicing Fee permitted to the Servicer pursuant to Section 3.02. The Transferor agrees that if the Servicer is terminated hereunder, it will agree to deposit with the Trustee a portion of the Collections in respect of Finance Charge
Receivables that it is entitled to receive pursuant to Article IV to pay its share of the compensation of the Successor Servicer. 
 (d) All
authority and power granted to the Servicer or any Successor Servicer under this Agreement shall automatically cease and terminate upon termination of the Trust pursuant to Section 12.01 and shall pass to and be vested in the Transferor and,
without limitation, the Transferor is hereby authorized and empowered to execute and deliver, on behalf of the Successor Servicer, as attorney-in-fact or otherwise, all documents and other instruments, and to do and accomplish all other acts or
things necessary or appropriate to effect the purposes of such transfer of servicing rights. The Successor Servicer agrees to cooperate with the Transferor in effecting the termination of the responsibilities and rights of the Successor Servicer to
conduct servicing on the Receivables. The Successor Servicer shall transfer its electronic records relating to the Receivables to the Transferor in such electronic form as the Transferor may reasonably request and shall transfer all other records,
correspondence and documents to the Transferor in the manner and at such times as the Transferor shall reasonably request. To the extent that compliance with this Section 10.02 shall require the Successor Servicer to disclose to the Transferor
information of any kind which the Successor Servicer deems to be confidential, the Transferor shall be required to enter into such customary licensing and confidentiality agreements as the Successor Servicer shall deem necessary to protect its
interests. 
 Section 10.03. Notification to Certificateholders. Within two Business Days after the Servicer
becomes aware of any Servicer Default, the Servicer shall give prompt written notice thereof to the Trustee, the Transferor, Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s, Fitch and any Credit Enhancement Provider and the Trustee shall give notice
to the Investor Certificateholders at their respective addresses appearing in the Certificate Register. Upon any termination or appointment of a Successor Servicer pursuant to this Article X, the Trustee shall give prompt written notice thereof to
the Transferor and to Investor Certificateholders at their respective addresses appearing in the Certificate Register. 
 Section 10.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating not less than 66 2/3% of the Investor Interest of each Series adversely affected by any default by the Servicer or the Transferor may, on behalf of all Certificateholders of such Series, waive any default by the Servicer
or the Transferor in the performance of its respective obligations hereunder and its consequences, except a default in the failure to make any required deposits or payments of interest or principal relating to such Series pursuant to Article IV
which default does not result from the failure of the Paying Agent to perform its obligations to make any required deposits or payments of interest and principal in accordance with Article IV. Upon any such waiver of a past default, such default
shall cease to exist, and any default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been remedied for every purpose of this Agreement. No such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon except to the
extent expressly so waived. 
 [End of Article X] 
  

 74 

 ARTICLE XI 
 THE TRUSTEE 
 Section 11.01. Duties of Trustee. 
 (a) The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of any Servicer Default and after the curing of all Servicer Defaults which may have occurred, undertakes to
perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Agreement. If a Responsible Officer has received written notice that a Servicer Default has occurred (which has not been cured or waived), the Trustee shall exercise such
of the rights and powers vested in it by this Agreement, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 
 (b) The Trustee, upon receipt of all resolutions, certificates, statements, opinions, reports, documents, orders or other instruments furnished to the
Trustee which are specifically required to be furnished pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, shall examine them to determine whether they substantially conform to the requirements of this Agreement. 
 (c) Subject to subsection 11.01(a), no provision of this Agreement shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action,
its own negligent failure to act or its own misconduct; provided, however, that: 
 (i) the Trustee shall not be
personally liable for an error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 
 (ii) the Trustee shall not be personally liable with respect to any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in
accordance with the direction of the Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating more than 50% of the Investor Interest of any Series relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy
available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee in relation to such Series, under this Agreement; and 
 (iii) the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any failure by the Servicer referred to in clauses (a) and (b) of Section 10.01 unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee obtains actual
knowledge of such failure or the Trustee receives written notice of such failure from the Servicer, the Transferor or any Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating not less than 10% of the Investor Interest of any
Series adversely affected thereby. 
 (d) The Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial
liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if there is reasonable ground for believing that the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not
reasonably assured to it, and none of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall in any event require the Trustee to perform, or be responsible for the manner of performance of, any of the obligations of the Servicer under this Agreement
except during such time, if any, as the Trustee shall be the successor to, and be vested with the rights, duties, powers and privileges of, the Servicer in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 
  

 75 

 (e) Except for actions expressly authorized by this Agreement, the Trustee shall take no action
reasonably likely to impair the interests of the Trust in any Receivable now existing or hereafter created or to impair the value of any Receivable now existing or hereafter created. 
 (f) Except as provided in this subsection 11.01(f), the Trustee shall have no power to vary the corpus of the Trust including, without limitation, the
power to (i) accept any substitute obligation for a Receivable initially assigned to the Trust under Section 2.01 or 2.06 hereof, (ii) add any other investment, obligation or security to the Trust, except for an addition permitted
under Section 2.06 or (iii) withdraw from the Trust any Receivables, except for a withdrawal permitted under Sections 2.07, 9.02, 10.02, 12.01 or 12.02 or subsections 2.04(d), 2.04(e) or Article IV. 
 (g) Subject to subsection 11.01(d) above, in the event that the Paying Agent or the Transfer Agent and Registrar (if other than the Trustee) shall fail
to perform any obligation, duty or agreement in the manner or on the day required to be performed by the Paying Agent or the Transfer Agent and Registrar, as the case may be, under this Agreement, the Trustee shall be obligated promptly to perform
such obligation, duty or agreement in the manner so required. 
 (h) If the Account Owner, BACCS, or the Transferor has agreed to transfer
any of its credit card receivables (other than the Receivables) to another Person, upon the written request of the Account Owner, BACCS, or the Transferor, the Trustee will enter into such intercreditor agreements with the transferee of such
receivables as are customary and necessary to identify separately the rights, if any, of the Trust and such other Person in the Account Owner’s, BACCS’s, or the Transferor’s credit card receivables; provided, that the Trust
shall not be required to enter into any intercreditor agreement which could adversely affect the interests of the Certificateholders and, upon the request of the Trustee, the Account Owner, BACCS, or the Transferor, as applicable, will deliver an
Opinion of Counsel on any matters relating to such intercreditor agreement, reasonably requested by the Trustee. 
 Section 11.02. Certain Matters Affecting the Trustee. Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.01: 
 (a) the
Trustee may rely on and shall be protected in acting on, or in refraining from acting in accord with, any assignment of Receivables in Additional Accounts, the initial report, the monthly Servicer’s certificate, the annual Servicer’s
certificate, the monthly payment instructions and notification to the Trustee, the monthly Certificateholder’s statement, any resolution, Officer’s Certificate, certificate of auditors or any other certificate, statement, instrument,
opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, appraisal, bond or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented to it pursuant to this Agreement by the proper party or parties; 
 (b) the Trustee may consult with counsel, and any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action
taken or suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such Opinion of Counsel; 
  

 76 

 (c) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this
Agreement or any Credit Enhancement, or to institute, conduct or defend any litigation hereunder or in relation hereto, at the request, order or direction of any of the Certificateholders or any Credit Enhancement Provider, pursuant to the
provisions of this Agreement, unless such Certificateholders or Credit Enhancement Provider shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby;
nothing contained herein shall, however, relieve the Trustee of the obligations, upon the occurrence of any Servicer Default (which has not been cured), to exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Agreement and any Credit
Enhancement, and to use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs; 
 (d) the Trustee shall not be personally liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or
within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Agreement; 
 (e) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any
investigation into the facts of matters stated in any assignment of Receivables in Additional Accounts, the initial report, the monthly Servicer’s certificate, the annual Servicer’s certificate, the monthly payment instructions and
notification to the Trustee, the monthly Certificateholder’s statement, any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond or other paper or document, unless requested in writing
so to do by Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating more than 50% of the Investor Interest of any Series; 
 (f) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys or a custodian, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence
on the part of any such agent, attorney or custodian appointed with due care by it hereunder; and 
 (g) except as may be required by
subsection 11.01(a), the Trustee shall not be required to make any initial or periodic examination of any documents or records related to the Receivables or the Accounts for the purpose of establishing the presence or absence of defects, the
compliance by the Transferor with its representations and warranties or for any other purpose. 
 Section 11.03.
Trustee Not Liable for Recitals in Certificates. The Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the recitals contained in this Agreement and in the Certificates (other than the certificate of authentication on the Certificates).
Except as set forth in Section 11.15, the Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Agreement or of the Certificates (other than the certificate of authentication on the Certificates) or of any Receivable or
related document. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Transferor of any of the Certificates or of the proceeds of such Certificates, or for the use or application of any funds paid to the Transferor or to the
holder of the Transferor Certificate in respect of the Receivables or deposited in or withdrawn from the Collection Account, the Principal Account or the Finance Charge Account, or any Series Account by the Servicer. 
  

 77 

 Section 11.04. Trustee May Own Certificates. The Trustee in its individual
or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Investor Certificates with the same rights as it would have if it were not the Trustee. 
 Section 11.05. The Servicer to Pay Trustee’s Fees and Expenses. The Servicer covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee from time to time, and the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, reasonable
compensation (which shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust) for all services rendered by it in the execution of the Trust hereby created and in the exercise and performance of any
of the powers and duties hereunder of the Trustee, and, subject to Section 8.04, the Servicer will pay or reimburse the Trustee (without reimbursement from any Investor Account, any Series Account or otherwise) upon its request for all
reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this Agreement except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may arise from its own negligence or bad faith and except
as provided in the following sentence. The Servicer will have no liability under this Section 11.05 (or under Section 8.04) for any indemnity, compensation, expenses, disbursements, advances, or other amounts that arise after the date of
its resignation or termination under this Agreement, but instead the Successor Servicer that is appointed in its place will incur that liability. 
 The obligations of the Servicer under this Section 11.05 shall survive the termination of the Trust and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. 
 Section 11.06. Eligibility Requirements for Trustee. The Trustee hereunder shall at all times be a corporation organized and
doing business under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a long-term unsecured debt rating of at least Baa3 by Moody’s, BBB- by Standard &
Poor’s and BBB by Fitch having, in the case of an entity that is subject to risk-based capital adequacy requirements, risk-based capital of at least $50,000,000 or, in the case of an entity that is not subject to risk-based capital adequacy
requirements, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the
requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purpose of this Section 11.06, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most
recent report of condition so published. In case at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.06, the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in
Section 11.07. 
 Section 11.07. Resignation or Removal of Trustee. 
 (a) The Trustee may at any time resign and be discharged from the Trust hereby created by giving written notice thereof to the Servicer and the
Transferor. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Transferor shall promptly appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and one copy to the
successor trustee. If no successor trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a
successor trustee. 
  

 78 

 (b) If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of
Section 11.06 hereof and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Transferor, or if at any time the Trustee shall be legally unable to act, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of the Trustee or of its
property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, then the Transferor may, but shall not be required to,
remove the Trustee and promptly appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor trustee. 
 (c) Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section 11.07 shall
not become effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee as provided in Section 11.08 hereof and any liability of the Trustee arising hereunder shall survive such appointment of a successor trustee. 
 Section 11.08. Successor Trustee. 
 (a) Any successor trustee appointed as provided in Section 11.07 hereof shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Transferor, the Servicer and to its predecessor Trustee an instrument accepting such
appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor Trustee shall become effective and such successor trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become fully vested with all the rights, powers, duties
and obligations of its predecessor hereunder, with the like effect as if originally named as Trustee herein. The predecessor Trustee shall deliver to the successor trustee all documents and statements held by it hereunder, and the Transferor, the
Servicer and the predecessor Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments and do such other things as may reasonably be required for fully and certainly vesting and confirming in the successor trustee all such rights, powers, duties and
obligations. 
 (b) No successor trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section 11.08 unless at the time of such
acceptance such successor trustee shall be eligible under the provisions of Section 11.06 hereof and shall be an Eligible Servicer, and, if Standard & Poor’s is then a Rating Agency, unless Standard & Poor’s shall
have consented to such appointment. 
 (c) Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee as provided in this Section 11.08, such
successor trustee shall mail notice of such succession hereunder to Fitch and to all Certificateholders at their addresses as shown in the Certificate Register. 
 Section 11.09. Merger or Consolidation of Trustee. Any Person into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which
it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee
hereunder, provided such corporation shall be eligible under the provisions of Section 11.06 hereof, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary
notwithstanding. 
  

 79 

 Section 11.10. Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee. 
 (a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, at any time, for the purpose of meeting any legal requirements of any jurisdiction in which
any part of the Trust may at the time be located, the Trustee shall have the power and may execute and deliver all instruments, subject to the prior written consent of the Transferor, to appoint one or more Persons to act as a co trustee or co
trustees, or separate trustee or separate trustees, of all or any part of the Trust, and to vest in such Person or Persons, in such capacity and for the benefit of the Certificateholders, such title to the Trust, or any part thereof, and, subject to
the other provisions of this Section 11.10, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the Trustee may consider necessary or desirable. No co-trustee or separate trustee hereunder shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility
as a successor trustee under Section 11.06 and no notice to Certificateholders of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required under Section 11.08 hereof. 
 (b) Every separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:

 (i) all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and
exercised or performed by the Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee is not authorized to act separately without the Trustee joining in such act), except to the extent
that under any laws of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed (whether as Trustee hereunder or as successor to the Servicer hereunder), the Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in
which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations (including the holding of title to the Trust or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the
direction of the Trustee; 
 (ii) no trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of any
other trustee hereunder; and 
 (iii) the Trustee may at any time accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or
co-trustee. 
 (c) Any notice, request or other writing given to the Trustee shall be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate
trustees and co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Agreement and the conditions of this Article XI. Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its
acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this Agreement,
specifically including every provision of this Agreement relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee. Every such instrument shall be filed with the Trustee and a copy thereof given to the Servicer
and the Transferor. 
 (d) Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time constitute the Trustee as its agent or attorney-in-fact with
full power and authority, to the extent not prohibited by law, 
  

 80 

 to do any lawful act under or in respect to this Agreement on its behalf and in its name. If any separate trustee or
co-trustee shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates, properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or
successor trustee. 
 Section 11.11. Tax Returns; Tax Liability. (a) In the event the Trust shall be
required to file tax returns, the Transferor, at its own expense, as soon as practicable after it is made aware of such requirement, shall prepare or cause to be prepared any tax returns required to be filed by the Trust and, to the extent possible,
shall remit such returns to the Trustee for signature at least five days before such returns are due to be filed. The Trustee is hereby authorized to sign and file any such return on behalf of the Trust. The Servicer shall prepare or shall cause to
be prepared all tax information required by law to be distributed to Certificateholders and shall deliver such information to the Trustee at least five days prior to the date it is required by law to be distributed to Certificateholders. The
Servicer and the Trustee, upon request, will furnish the Transferor with all such information known to them as may be reasonably required in connection with the preparation of all tax returns of the Trust. 
 (b) In no event shall the Trustee, the Transferor, or the Servicer be liable for any liabilities, costs or expenses of the Trust, the
Investor Certificateholders or the Certificate Owners arising under any tax law, including without limitation federal, state, local or foreign income or excise taxes or any other tax imposed on or measured by income (or any interest or penalty with
respect thereto or arising from a failure to comply therewith). To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Transferor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Servicer and the Trustee, and their officers, directors, members, employees and
agents, from and against any reasonable loss, liability, expense, damage or injury of arising under any tax law, including without limitation, any federal, state, local or foreign income or franchise taxes or any other tax imposed on or measured by
income (or any interest or penalties with respect thereto or arising from a failure to comply therewith) required to be paid by the Trust, the Investor Certificateholders or the Certificate Owners in connection herewith to any taxing authority;
provided, however, that to the extent the Transferor’s liabilities under this subsection 11.11(b) constitute monetary claims against the Transferor, such claims shall not constitute claims against the Trust Assets, and shall only
constitute a monetary claim against the Transferor to the extent the Transferor has funds sufficient to make payment on such liabilities from amounts paid to it as Holder of the Transferor Interest. The provisions of this indemnity shall run
directly to and be enforceable by an injured party subject to the limitations hereof. 
 Section 11.12. Trustee May
Enforce Claims Without Possession of Certificates. All rights of action and claims under this Agreement or any Series of Certificates may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Certificates or the
production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee. Any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of any Series of Certificateholders in respect of which such judgment has been obtained. 
  

 81 

 Section 11.13. Suits for Enforcement. If a Servicer Default shall occur and
be continuing, the Trustee, in its discretion may, subject to the provisions of Section 10.01 and 11.14, proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of any Series of Certificateholders under this Agreement by a suit, action or
proceeding in equity or at law or otherwise, whether for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or in aid of the execution of any power granted in this Agreement or for the enforcement of any other legal,
equitable or other remedy as the Trustee, being advised by counsel, shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any of the rights of the Trustee or any Series of Certificateholders. 
 Section 11.14. Rights of Certificateholders to Direct Trustee. Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided
Interests aggregating more than 50% of the Aggregate Investor Interest (or, with respect to any remedy, trust or power that does not relate to all Series, 50% of the Aggregate Investor Interest of the Investor Certificates of all Series to which
such remedy, trust or power relates) shall have the right to direct the time, method, and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee; provided,
however, that, subject to Section 11.01, the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee being advised by counsel determines that the action so directed may not lawfully be taken, or if the Trustee
in good faith shall, by a Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers of the Trustee, determine that the proceedings so directed would be illegal or involve it in personal liability or be unduly prejudicial to the rights of Certificateholders not
parties to such direction; and provided further that nothing in this Agreement shall impair the right of the Trustee to take any action deemed proper by the Trustee and which is not inconsistent with such direction of such Holders of
Investor Certificates. 
 Section 11.15. Representations and Warranties of Trustee. The Trustee represents and
warrants that: 
 (i) the Trustee is a banking corporation organized, existing and authorized to engage in the business of
banking under the laws of the State of New York; 
 (ii) the Trustee has full power, authority and right to execute, deliver
and perform this Agreement, and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement; and 
 (iii) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Trustee. 
 Section 11.16. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Trustee will maintain at its expense in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York an office or offices, or agency or agencies, where notices and demands to or upon the
Trustee in respect of the Certificates and this Agreement may be served. The Trustee initially appoints its Corporate Trust Office as its office for such purposes in New York. The Trustee will give prompt written notice to the Servicer, the
Transferor, and Certificateholders (or in the case of Holders of Bearer Certificates, in the manner provided for in the related Supplement) of any change in the location of the Certificate Register or any such office or agency. 
 [End of Article XI] 
  

 82 

 ARTICLE XII 
 TERMINATION 
 Section 12.01. Termination of Trust. 
 (a) The respective obligations and responsibilities of the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee created hereby (other than the obligation of the
Trustee to make payments to Certificateholders as hereafter set forth) shall terminate, except with respect to the duties described in Section 11.05 and subsections 2.04(c) and 12.03(b), on the Trust Termination Date; provided,
however, that the Trust shall not terminate on the date specified in clause (i) of the definition of “Trust Termination Date” if each of the Transferor and the Holder of the Transferor Certificate notify the Trustee in writing,
not later than five Business Days preceding such date, that they desire that the Trust not terminate on such date, which notice (such notice, a “Trust Extension”) shall specify the date on which the Trust shall terminate (such date, the
“Extended Trust Termination Date”); provided, however, that the Extended Trust Termination Date shall be not later than August 31, 2034. The Transferor and the Holder of the Transferor Certificate may, on any date
following the Trust Extension, so long as no Series of Certificates is outstanding, deliver a notice in writing to the Trustee changing the Extended Trust Termination Date. 
 (b) All principal or interest with respect to any Series of Investor Certificates shall be due and payable no later than the Series Termination Date with
respect to such Series. Unless otherwise provided in a Supplement, in the event that the Investor Interest of any Series of Certificates is greater than zero on its Series Termination Date (after giving effect to all transfers, withdrawals, deposits
and drawings to occur on such date and the payment of principal to be made on such Series on such date), the Trustee will sell or cause to be sold, and pay the proceeds first, to all Certificateholders of such Series pro rata and in
accordance with the priority for each Class within such Series as provided in the related Supplement, in final payment of all principal of and accrued interest on such Series of Certificates, and second, as provided in the related Supplement,
an amount of Principal Receivables and the related Finance Charge Receivables (or interests therein) up to 110% of the sum of the Investor Interest of such Series plus the Enhancement Invested Amount or the Collateral Interest (if not included in
the Investor Interest) of such Series, if any, at the close of business on such date (but not more than the applicable Investor Percentage of Principal Receivables and the related Finance Charge Receivables on such date for such Series). The Trustee
shall notify each Credit Enhancement Provider of the proposed sale of such Receivables and shall provide each Credit Enhancement Provider an opportunity to bid on such Receivables. Neither the Transferor nor any Affiliate of the Transferor nor any
agent of the Transferor shall be permitted to purchase such Receivables in such case. Any proceeds of such sale in excess of such principal and interest paid and such other amounts paid pursuant to the related Supplement shall be paid to the Holder
of the Transferor Certificate. Upon such Series Termination Date with respect to the applicable Series of Certificates, final payment of all amounts allocable to any Investor Certificates of such Series shall be made in the manner provided in
Section 12.03. 
 (c) The Trust shall not be terminated or revoked except in accordance with this Section 12.01. The dissolution,
termination, bankruptcy, conservatorship, or receivership of the Transferor, the Servicer, or any Certificateholder shall not result in the termination or dissolution of the Trust. 
  

 83 

 Section 12.02. Optional Purchase. (a) If so provided in any Supplement,
the Transferor (so long as the Transferor is the Servicer or an Affiliate of the Servicer) may, but shall not be obligated to, cause a final distribution to be made in respect of the related Series of Certificates on a Distribution Date specified in
such Supplement by depositing into the Distribution Account or the applicable Series Account, not later than the Transfer Date preceding such Distribution Date, for application in accordance with Section 12.03, the amount specified in such
Supplement; provided, however that if the short-term deposits or long-term unsecured debt obligations of the Transferor are not rated at the time of such purchase of Receivables at least P-3 or Baa3, respectively, by Moody’s, no
such event shall occur unless the Transferor shall deliver an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee that such deposit into the Distribution Account or any Series Account as provided in the related Supplement would not constitute a
fraudulent conveyance of the Transferor. 
 (b) The amount deposited pursuant to subsection 12.02(a) shall be paid to the Investor
Certificateholders of the related Series pursuant to Section 12.03 on the related Distribution Date following the date of such deposit. All Certificates of a Series which are purchased by the Transferor pursuant to subsection 12.02(a) shall be
delivered by the Transferor upon such purchase to, and be canceled by, the Transfer Agent and Registrar and be disposed of in a manner satisfactory to the Trustee and the Transferor. The Investor Interest of each Series which is purchased by the
Transferor pursuant to subsection 12.02(a) shall, for the purposes of the definition of “Transferor Interest,” be deemed to be equal to zero on the Distribution Date following the making of the deposit, and the Transferor Interest shall
thereupon be deemed to have been increased by the Investor Interest of such Series. 
 Section 12.03. Final Payment
with Respect to any Series. 
 (a) Written notice of any termination, specifying the Distribution Date upon which the Investor
Certificateholders of any Series may surrender their Certificates for payment of the final distribution with respect to such Series and cancellation, shall be given (subject to at least two Business Days’ prior notice from the Transferor or the
Servicer to the Trustee) by the Trustee to Investor Certificateholders of such Series mailed not later than the fifth day of the month of such final distribution (or in the manner provided by the Supplement relating to such Series) specifying
(i) the Distribution Date (which shall be the Distribution Date in the month (x) in which the deposit is made pursuant to subsection 2.04(e), 9.02(b), 10.02(a), or subsection 12.02(a) of the Agreement or such other section as may be
specified in the related Supplement, or (y) in which the related Series Termination Date occurs) upon which final payment of such Investor Certificates will be made upon presentation and surrender of such Investor Certificates at the office or
offices therein designated (which, in the case of Bearer Certificates, shall be outside the United States), (ii) the amount of any such final payment and (iii) that the Record Date otherwise applicable to such Distribution Date is not
applicable, payments being made only upon presentation and surrender of the Investor Certificates at the office or offices therein specified. The Servicer shall also deliver to the Trustee, as soon as is practicable but in any event not later than
three Business Days after the Determination Date relating to the final payment described in the preceding sentence, an Officers’ Certificate of the Servicer setting forth 
  

 84 

 the information, to the extent available, specified in Article V of this Agreement covering the period during the then
current calendar year through the date of such notice and setting forth the date of such final distribution. The Trustee shall give such notice to the Transfer Agent and Registrar and the Paying Agent at the time such notice is given to such
Investor Certificateholders. 
 (b) Notwithstanding the termination of the Trust pursuant to subsection 12.01(a) or the occurrence of the
Series Termination Date with respect to any Series, all funds then on deposit in the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account, the Distribution Account or any Series Account applicable to the related Series shall continue to be held in trust
for the benefit of the Certificateholders of the related Series and the Paying Agent or the Trustee shall pay such funds to the Certificateholders of the related Series upon surrender of their Certificates (which surrenders and payments, in the case
of Bearer Certificates, shall be made only outside the United States). In the event that all of the Investor Certificateholders of any Series shall not surrender their Certificates for cancellation within six months after the date specified in the
above-mentioned written notice, the Trustee shall give a second written notice (or, in the case of Bearer Certificates, publication notice) to the remaining Investor Certificateholders of such Series upon receipt of the appropriate records from the
Transfer Agent and Registrar to surrender their Certificates for cancellation and receive the final distribution with respect thereto. If within one and one-half years after the second notice with respect to a Series, all the Investor Certificates
of such Series shall not have been surrendered for cancellation, the Trustee may take appropriate steps or may appoint an agent to take appropriate steps, to contact the remaining Investor Certificateholders of such Series concerning surrender of
their Certificates, and the cost thereof shall be paid out of the funds in the Distribution Account or any Series Account held for the benefit of such Investor Certificateholders. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Transferor upon
request any monies held by them for the payment of principal or interest which remains unclaimed for two years. After payment to the Transferor, Investor Certificateholders entitled to the money must look to the Transferor for payment as general
creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another Person. 
 (c) All Certificates surrendered for payment of the final
distribution with respect to such Certificates and cancellation shall be canceled by the Transfer Agent and Registrar and be disposed of in a manner satisfactory to the Trustee and the Transferor. 
 Section 12.04. Termination Rights of Holder of Transferor Certificate. Upon the termination of the Trust pursuant to
Section 12.01, and after payment of all amounts due hereunder on or prior to such termination and the surrender of the Transferor Certificate, if applicable, the Trustee shall execute a written reconveyance substantially in the form of Exhibit
H pursuant to which it shall reconvey to the Holder of the Transferor Certificate (without recourse, representation or warranty) all right, title and interest of the Trustee in the Receivables, whether then existing or thereafter created, all moneys
due or to become due with respect to such Receivables (including all accrued interest theretofore posted as Finance Charge Receivables) and all proceeds of such Receivables and all Interchange, Insurance Proceeds and Recoveries relating to such
Receivables and the proceeds thereof, except for amounts held by the Trustee pursuant to subsection 12.03(b). The Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments of transfer and assignment, in each case without recourse, as shall be reasonably
requested by the Holder of the Transferor Certificate to vest in such Holder all right, title and interest which the Trust had in the Receivables. 
 [End Of Article XII] 
  

 85 

 ARTICLE XIII 
 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 
 Section 13.01. Amendment. 
 (a) This Agreement or any Supplement may be amended in writing from time to time by the Servicer, the Transferor and the Trustee, without the consent of
any of Certificateholders; provided, that such action shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel for the Transferor addressed and delivered to the Trustee, adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Investor
Certificateholder; provided further, that each Rating Agency shall have notified the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the rating of any outstanding
Series or Class to which it is a Rating Agency; provided further, that such action shall not effect a significant change in the Permitted Activities of the Trust. This Agreement or any Supplement may be amended in writing by the
Servicer, the Transferor and the Trustee, without the consent of any of the Certificateholders (i) to provide for additional Credit Enhancement or substitute Credit Enhancement with respect to a Series (so long as the amount of such substitute
Credit Enhancement, unless otherwise provided in any related Supplement, is equal to the original Credit Enhancement for such Series), (ii) to change the definition of Eligible Account, (iii) to provide for the addition to the Trust of a
Participation, (iv) to replace Funding as Transferor with an Affiliate of Funding as Transferor and to make such other revisions and amendments incidental to such replacement, or (v) to replace BACCS with FIA or another Affiliate of
Funding as seller of Receivables to the Transferor under the Receivables Purchase Agreement and to make such other revisions and amendments incidental to such replacement; provided, that such action shall not, in the reasonable belief of the
Transferor, as evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate of the Transferor, adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Investor Certificateholders; provided further, that each Rating Agency shall have notified the
Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the rating of any outstanding Series or Class to which it is a Rating Agency. 
 (b) This Agreement or any Supplement may also be amended in writing from time to time by the Servicer, the Transferor and the Trustee (A) in the
case of a significant change in the Permitted Activities of the Trust which is not materially adverse to Holders of Investor Certificates, with the consent of Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating not less than
50% of the Investor Interest of each outstanding Series affected by such change, and (B) in all other cases with the consent of the Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating not less than 66-2/3% of the
Investor Interest of each outstanding Series adversely affected by such amendment for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement or any Supplement or modifying in any
manner the rights of Investor Certificateholders of any Series then issued and outstanding; provided, however, that no such amendment shall (i) reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of, distributions which are
required to be made on any Investor Certificates of such Series without the consent of each Investor Certificateholders of such Series, (ii) change the definition of or the manner of calculating the Investor Interest, the Investor Percentage or
the Investor Default Amount of such Series without the consent of each Investor Certificateholder of such Series or (iii) reduce the aforesaid percentage required to consent to any such amendment, without the consent of each 
  

 86 

 Investor Certificateholder of all Series adversely affected. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into
any such amendment which affects the Trustee’s rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement or otherwise. 
 (c) Notwithstanding
anything in this Section 13.01 to the contrary, the Series Supplement with respect to any Series may be amended on the items and in accordance with the procedures provided in such Series Supplement. 
 (d) Promptly after the execution of any such amendment (other than an amendment pursuant to paragraph (a)), the Trustee shall furnish notification of the
substance of such amendment to each Investor Certificateholder of each Series adversely affected and to each Rating Agency providing a rating for such Series. 
 (e) It shall not be necessary for the consent of Investor Certificateholders under this Section 13.01 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall
approve the substance thereof. The manner of obtaining such consents and of evidencing the authorization of the execution thereof by Investor Certificateholders shall be subject to such reasonable requirements as the Trustee may prescribe.

 (f) Any Series Supplement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.09 and any amendments regarding the addition to or removal of
Receivables from the Trust as provided in Sections 2.06 and 2.07, executed in accordance with the provisions hereof, shall not be considered amendments to this Agreement for the purpose of subsections 13.01(a) and (b). For clarification purposes
only, although any Series Supplement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.09, any transfer to the Trustee of Receivables in Additional Accounts pursuant to Section 2.06 and any designation and removal of Receivables in Removed
Accounts from the Trust pursuant to Section 2.07 shall not be considered amendments that require satisfaction of the conditions specified in either subsection 13.01(a) or (b) above, any other amendment to this Agreement which changes or
modifies any of the provisions of Section 6.09, 2.06 or 2.07 shall require satisfaction of the conditions specified in subsection 13.01(a) or (b) above, as applicable. 
 (g) In connection with any amendment, the Trustee may request an Opinion of Counsel from the Transferor to the effect that the amendment complies with
all requirements of this Agreement. 
 Section 13.02. Protection of Right, Title and Interest to Trust.

 (a) The Transferor shall cause this Agreement, all amendments hereto and/or all financing statements and continuation statements and any
other necessary documents covering the Certificateholders and the Trustee’s right, title and interest to the Trust to be promptly recorded, registered and filed, and at all times to be kept recorded, registered and filed, all in such manner and
in such places as may be required by law fully to preserve and protect the right, title and interest of the Certificateholders or the Trustee, as the case may be, hereunder to all property comprising the Trust. The Transferor shall deliver to the
Trustee file-stamped copies of, or filing receipts for, any document recorded, registered or filed as provided above, as soon as available following such recording, registration or filing. 
 (b) Within 30 days after the Transferor makes any change in its name, identity or corporate structure which would make any financing statement or
continuation statement filed 
  

 87 

 in accordance with paragraph (a) above seriously misleading within the meaning of Section 9-506 of the Delaware
UCC, the Transferor shall give the Trustee notice of any such change and shall file such financing statements or amendments as may be necessary to continue the perfection of the Trust’s security interest in the Receivables and the proceeds
thereof. 
 (c) The Transferor will give the Trustee and the Servicer prompt written notice of any relocation of its chief executive office
and whether, as a result of such relocation, the applicable provisions of the UCC would require the filing of any amendment of any previously filed financing or continuation statement or of any new financing statement and shall file such financing
statements or amendments as may be necessary to continue the perfection of the Trust’s security interest in the Receivables and the proceeds thereof. Each of the Transferor and the Servicer will at all times maintain its principal executive
office within the United States of America. 
 (d) The Transferor will deliver to the Trustee and with respect to clause (i) to
Standard & Poor’s and Fitch: (i) upon each date that any Additional Accounts are to be included in the Accounts pursuant to Section 2.06, an Opinion of Counsel substantially in the form of Exhibit E; and (ii) on or
before March 31 of each year, beginning with March 31, 2007, an Opinion of Counsel, substantially in the form of Exhibit F. 
 Section 13.03. Limitation on Rights of Certificateholders. 
 (a) The death or incapacity of any
Certificateholder shall not operate to terminate this Agreement or the Trust, nor shall such death or incapacity entitle such Certificateholder’s legal representatives or heirs to claim an accounting or to take any action or commence any
proceeding in any court for a partition or winding up of the Trust, nor otherwise affect the rights, obligations and liabilities of the parties hereto or any of them. 
 (b) No Certificateholder shall have any right to vote (except with respect to the Investor Certificateholders as provided in Section 13.01 hereof) or in any manner otherwise control the operation and management
of the Trust, or the obligations of the parties hereto, nor shall anything herein set forth, or contained in the terms of the Certificates, be construed so as to constitute the Certificateholders from time to time as partners or members of an
association; nor shall any Certificateholder be under any liability to any third person by reason of any action taken by the parties to this Agreement pursuant to any provision hereof. 
 (c) No Certificateholder shall have any right by virtue of any provisions of this Agreement to institute any suit, action or proceeding in equity or at
law upon or under or with respect to this Agreement, unless such Certificateholder previously shall have given written notice to the Trustee, and unless the Holders of Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating more than 50% of the
Investor Interest of any Series which may be adversely affected but for the institution of such suit, action or proceeding, shall have made written request upon the Trustee to institute such action, suit or proceeding in its own name as Trustee
hereunder and shall have offered to the Trustee such reasonable indemnity as it may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred therein or thereby, and the Trustee, for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and
offer of indemnity, shall have neglected or refused to institute any such action, suit or proceeding; it being understood and intended, and being expressly covenanted by each Certificateholder with every other Certificateholder and the Trustee, that
no one or more Certificateholders shall have the right in any manner whatever by 
  

 88 

 virtue or by availing itself or themselves of any provisions of this Agreement to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights
of the Certificateholders of any other of the Certificates, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority over or preference to any other such Certificateholder, or to enforce any right under this Agreement, except in the manner herein provided and for
the equal, ratable and common benefit of all Certificateholders. For the protection and enforcement of the provisions of this Section 13.03, each and every Certificateholder and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given
either at law or in equity. 
 Section 13.04. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Agent for Service of
Process. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflict of laws. The parties hereto declare that it is their intention that this Agreement shall be
regarded as made under the laws of the State of Delaware and that the laws of said State shall be applied in interpreting its provisions in all cases where legal interpretation shall be required. Each of the parties hereto agrees (a) that this
Agreement involves at least $100,000.00, and (b) that this Agreement has been entered into by the parties hereto in express reliance upon 6 DEL. C. § 2708. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees
(a) to be subject to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware and of the federal courts sitting in the State of Delaware, and (b)(1) to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of
Delaware, to appoint and maintain an agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process, and (2) that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, service of process may also be made on such party
by prepaid certified mail with a proof of mailing receipt validated by the United States Postal Service constituting evidence of valid service, and that service made pursuant to (b)(1) or (2) above shall, to the fullest extent permitted by
applicable law, have the same legal force and effect as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware. 
 Section 13.05. Notices. All demands, notices and communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered at, sent by facsimile or electronic transmission to, sent by
courier at or mailed by registered mail, return receipt requested, to (a) in the case of the Transferor, to BA Credit Card Funding, LLC, 214 North Tryon Street, Suite # 21-39, NC1-027-21-04, Charlotte, North Carolina 28255, Attention: Marcie
Copson-Hall, with a copy to Caroline Tsai, Bank of America, National Association,101 S. Tryon Street, NC1-002-29-01, Charlotte, North Carolina 28255, Attention: Caroline Tsai and BA Credit Card Funding, LLC, 1100 North King Street, Mail Code:
DE5-003-0107, Wilmington, DE 19884, Attention: Marcie Copson-Hall, (b) in the case of the Servicer, to FIA Card Services, National Association, 1100 North King Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19884, Attention: Marcie Copson-Hall, with a copy to
Caroline Tsai, Bank of America Corporation, 101 S. Tryon Street, NC1-002-29-01, Charlotte, North Carolina 28255, Attention: Caroline Tsai, (c) in the case of the Trustee, to the Corporate Trust Office, (d) in the case of the Credit
Enhancement Provider for a particular Series, the address, if any, specified in the Supplement relating to such Series and (e) in the case of the Rating Agency for a particular Series, the address, if any, specified in the Supplement relating
to such Series; or, as to each party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to each other party. Unless otherwise provided with respect to any Series in the related Supplement any notice required or permitted
to be mailed to a Certificateholder 
  

 89 

 shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile, sent by electronic transmission
or personally delivered to each Certificateholder, at the address of such Certificateholder as shown in the Certificate Register, or with respect to any notice required or permitted to be made to the Holders of Bearer Certificates, by publication in
the manner provided in the related Supplement. If and so long as any Series or Class is listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and such Exchange shall so require, any Notice to Investor Certificateholders shall be published in an authorized
newspaper of general circulation in Luxembourg within the time period prescribed in this Agreement. Any notice so mailed, sent by facsimile, electronic transmission or delivered in the manner herein provided and within the time prescribed in this
Agreement shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Certificateholder receives such notice. 
 Section 13.06. Severability of Provisions. If any one or more of the covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall for any reason whatsoever be held invalid, then such covenants, agreements, provisions or
terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement or of the Certificates or rights of
the Certificateholders thereof. 
 Section 13.07. Assignment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
herein, except as provided in Section 8.02, this Agreement may not be assigned by the Servicer without the prior consent of Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating not less than 66 2/3% of the Investor Interest of each Series on a Series by Series basis. 
 Section 13.08. Certificates Non-Assessable and Fully Paid. It is the intention of the parties to this Agreement that the
Certificateholders shall not be personally liable for obligations of the Trust, that the Undivided Interests represented by the Certificates shall be non-assessable for any losses or expenses of the Trust or for any reason whatsoever, and that
Certificates upon authentication thereof by the Trustee pursuant to Sections 2.01 and 6.02 are and shall be deemed fully paid. 
 Section 13.09. Further Assurances. The Transferor and the Servicer agree to do and perform, from time to time, any and all acts and to execute any and all further instruments required or reasonably requested by the Trustee more
fully to effect the purposes of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the authorization by the Transferor of any financing statements or continuation statements relating to the Receivables for filing under the provisions of the UCC of any
applicable jurisdiction. 
 Section 13.10. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and no delay in
exercising, on the part of the Trustee, any Credit Enhancement Provider or the Investor Certificateholders, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder, shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right,
remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exhaustive of any
rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law. 
  

 90 

 Section 13.11. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts (and by different parties on separate counterparts), each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. 
 Section 13.12. Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto,
the Certificateholders and, to the extent provided in the related Supplement, to the Credit Enhancement Provider named therein, and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Except as otherwise provided in this Article XIII and
Section 8.04, no other Person will have any right or obligation hereunder. 
 Section 13.13. Actions by
Certificateholders. 
 (a) Wherever in this Agreement a provision is made that an action may be taken or a notice, demand or instruction
given by Investor Certificateholders, such action, notice or instruction may be taken or given by any Investor Certificateholder, unless such provision requires a specific percentage of Investor Certificateholders. 
 (b) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other act by a Certificateholder shall bind such Certificateholder and
every subsequent holder of such Certificate issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done or omitted to be done by the Trustee, the Transferor or the Servicer in reliance
thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Certificate. 
 Section 13.14. Rule 144A
Information. For so long as any of the Investor Certificates of any Series or any Class are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, each of the Transferor, the Servicer, the Trustee and
the Credit Enhancement Provider for such Series agree to cooperate with each other to provide to any Investor Certificateholders of such Series or Class and to any prospective purchaser of Certificates designated by such an Investor
Certificateholder upon the request of such Investor Certificateholder or prospective purchaser, any information required to be provided to such holder or prospective purchaser to satisfy the condition set forth in Rule 144A(d)(4) under the
Securities Act. 
 Section 13.15. Merger and Integration. Except as specifically stated otherwise herein, this
Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and all prior understandings, written or oral, are superseded by this Agreement. This Agreement may not be modified, amended, waived or supplemented
except as provided herein. 
 Section 13.16. Headings. The headings herein are for purposes of reference only and
shall not otherwise affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision hereof. 
 Section 13.17. Nonpetition
Covenant. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, notwithstanding any prior termination of this Agreement, neither the Servicer, the Trustee, the Certificateholders nor the Transferor shall, prior to the date which is one year and one
day after the termination of this Agreement, acquiesce, petition 
  

 91 

 or otherwise invoke or cause the Trust to invoke the process of any Governmental Authority for the
purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Trust under any Debtor Relief Law or appointing a receiver, conservator, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Trust or any substantial part of
its property or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of the affairs of the Trust. 
 To the fullest extent permitted by
applicable law, notwithstanding any prior termination of this Agreement, neither the Servicer, the Trustee nor the Certificateholders shall institute, or join in instituting a proceeding against the Transferor under any Debtor Relief Law or other
proceedings under any United States federal or state bankruptcy or similar law. 
 Section 13.18. Intention of
Parties. For purposes of complying with the requirements of the Asset-Backed Securities Facilitation Act of the State of Delaware, 6 Del. C. § 2701A, et seq. (the “Securitization Act”), each of the
parties hereto hereby agrees that: 
 (a) Any property, assets or rights purported to be transferred, in whole or in part, by the Transferor
pursuant to this Agreement (including each Assignment) shall be deemed to no longer be the property, assets or rights of the Transferor; 
 (b) None of the Transferor, its creditors or, in any insolvency proceeding with respect to the Transferor or the Transferor’s property, a bankruptcy trustee, receiver, debtor, debtor in possession or similar person, to the extent the
issue is governed by Delaware law, shall have any rights, legal or equitable, whatsoever to reacquire (except pursuant to a provision of this Agreement), reclaim, recover, repudiate, disaffirm, redeem or recharacterize as property of the Transferor
any property, assets or rights purported to be transferred, in whole or in part, by the Transferor pursuant to this Agreement (including each Assignment); 
 (c) In the event of a bankruptcy, receivership or other insolvency proceeding with respect to the Transferor or the Transferor’s property, to the extent the issue is governed by Delaware law, such property,
assets and rights shall not be deemed to be part of the Transferor’s property, assets, rights or estate; and 
 (d) The transactions
contemplated by this Agreement shall constitute a “securitization transaction” as such term is used in the Securitization Act. 
 Section 13.19. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Trust will end on the last day of June of each year. 
 [End of Article XIII] 
  

 92 

 ARTICLE XIV 
 SERIES SUPPLEMENTS AND CREDIT ENHANCEMENT MATTERS 
 Section 14.01. Updates to
Series Supplements, Credit Enhancement Agreements and Related Documents. The Series Supplements listed on Schedule 2, any agreements relating to any Credit Enhancement with respect to any Series and any documents executed in connection with this
Agreement, any such Series Supplements or any such Credit Enhancement agreements shall be and hereby are updated by deleting the terms listed below under the heading “Old Defined Term” wherever such terms appear and by replacing each such
term in all such places where it appears with the term listed opposite such term under the heading “New Defined Term”: 
  

			
	 OLD DEFINED
TERM
	 	 NEW DEFINED
TERM

	“MBNA” or “MBNA America Bank, National Association”	 	“FIA” or “FIA Card Services, National Association”
		
	“MBNA Master Credit Card Trust II”	 	“BA Master Credit Card Trust II”

 [End of Article XIV] 
  

 93 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed by their respective officers as of the day and year first above written. 
  

			
	 BA CREDIT CARD FUNDING, LLC,
     Transferor

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Marcie E. Copson-Hall

	Name:	 	Marcie E. Copson-Hall
	Title:	 	President
	
	 FIA CARD SERVICES, NATIONAL
     ASSOCIATION (formerly known as MBNA
     America Bank, National Association),

    Servicer

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Scott W. McCarthy

	Name:	 	Scott W. McCarthy
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President
	
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
     Trustee

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Catherine L. Cerilles

	Name:	 	Catherine L. Cerilles
	Title:	 	Assistant Vice President

 [Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement.] 

 EXHIBIT A 
 TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE 
  

			
	No. 1	  	One Unit

 BA MASTER CREDIT CARD TRUST II 
 ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATE 
 THIS CERTIFICATE WAS ISSUED PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), AND MAY BE SOLD ONLY PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT EFFECTIVE UNDER THE ACT OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE ACT. IN ADDITION, THE TRANSFER OF THIS
CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN. A COPY OF THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT WILL BE FURNISHED TO THE HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE BY THE TRUSTEE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST.

 This Certificate represents an 
 Undivided Interest in the 
 BA Master Credit Card Trust II 
 Evidencing an Undivided Interest in a trust, the corpus of which consists of a portfolio of MasterCard®, VISA® and American Express®*/
credit card receivables generated or acquired by FIA Card Services, National Association and other assets and interests constituting the Trust under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement described below. 
 (Not an interest in or an obligation of 
 FIA
Card Services, National Association 
 or any Affiliate thereof.) 
 This certifies that BA CREDIT CARD FUNDING, LLC (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of an undivided interest in BA Master Credit Card Trust
II (the “Trust”), the corpus of which consists of a portfolio of receivables (the “Receivables”) now existing or hereafter created under selected MasterCard®, VISA® and American Express® credit card accounts (the “Accounts”) of FIA Card Services, National Association (formerly known as MBNA America Bank, National Association)
(the “Servicer”) a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States, all monies due or to become due in payment of the Receivables (including all Finance Charge Receivables), all proceeds of such Receivables and

  

	*/	MasterCard, VISA and American Express are registered trademarks of MasterCard International
Incorporated, VISA USA, Inc., and American Express Company, respectively. 

  

 A-1 

 Insurance Proceeds relating to the Receivables, the other assets and interests constituting the Trust and the proceeds
thereof pursuant to a Second Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of October 20, 2006, as supplemented by any Supplement relating to a Series of Investor Certificates (the “Pooling and Servicing Agreement”),
by and among BA Credit Card Funding, LLC, as Transferor, FIA Card Services, National Association (formerly known as MBNA America Bank, National Association), as Servicer, and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (the “Trustee”), a summary of
certain of the pertinent provisions of which is set forth hereinbelow. 
 To the extent not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein
have the meanings assigned to them in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. This Certificate is issued under and is subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, to which Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as
amended from time to time, the Holder by virtue of the acceptance hereof assents and by which the Holder is bound. 
 This Certificate has
not been registered or qualified under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any state securities law. No sale, transfer or other disposition of this Certificate shall be permitted other than in accordance with the provisions of
Section 6.03, 6.09 or 7.02 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 
 The Receivables consist of Principal Receivables which arise
generally from the purchase of goods and services and of amounts advanced to cardholders as cash advances, and of Finance Charge Receivables which arise generally from Periodic Finance Charges and other fees and charges, as more fully specified in
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 
 This Certificate is the Transferor Certificate (the “Certificate”), which represents an
Undivided Interest in the Trust, including the right to receive the Collections and other amounts at the times and in the amounts specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to be paid to the Holder of the Transferor Certificate. The aggregate
interest represented by this Certificate in the Principal Receivables in the Trust shall not at any time exceed the Transferor Interest at such time. In addition to this Certificate, Series of Investor Certificates will be issued to investors
pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, each of which will represent an Undivided Interest in the Trust. This Certificate shall not represent any interest in the Investor Accounts, any Series Accounts or any Credit Enhancement, except to
the extent provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The Transferor Interest on any date of determination will be an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables at the end of the day immediately prior to such date of
determination minus the Aggregate Investor Interest at the end of such day. 
 The Servicer shall deposit all Collections in the
Collection Account as promptly as possible after the Date of Processing of such Collections, but in no event later than the second Business Day following such Date of Processing (except as provided below and except as provided in any Supplement to
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement). Unless otherwise stated in any Supplement, throughout the existence of the Trust, the Servicer shall allocate to the Holder of the Certificate an amount equal to the product of (A) the Transferor Percentage
and (B) the aggregate amount of such Collections allocated to Principal Receivables and Finance Charge Receivables, respectively, in respect of each Monthly Period. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this paragraph, the Servicer need not
deposit this amount or any other amounts so 
  

 A-2 

 allocated to the Certificate pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement into the Collection Account and shall pay,
or be deemed to pay, such amounts as collected to the Holder of the Certificate. 
 FIA Card Services, National Association, as Servicer, is
entitled to receive as servicing compensation a monthly servicing fee. The portion of the servicing fee which will be allocable to the Holder of the Certificate pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement will be payable by the Holder of the
Certificate and neither the Trust nor the Trustee or the Investor Certificateholders will have any obligations to pay such portion of the servicing fee. 
 This Certificate does not represent an obligation of, or any interest in, the Transferor or the Servicer, and neither the Certificates nor the Accounts or Receivables are insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency. This Certificate is limited in right of payment to certain Collections respecting the Receivables, all as more specifically set forth hereinabove and in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

 Upon the termination of the Trust pursuant to Section 12.01 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Trustee shall assign and
convey to the Holder of the Certificate (without recourse, representation or warranty) all right, title and interest of the Trustee in the Receivables, whether then existing or thereafter created, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto
(including all accrued interest theretofore posted as Finance Charge Receivables) and all proceeds thereof and Insurance Proceeds relating thereto and Interchange allocable to the Trust pursuant to any Supplement, except for amounts held by the
Trustee pursuant to Section 12.03(b) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments of transfer and assignment, in each case without recourse, as shall be reasonably requested by the Holder of the
Certificate to vest in such Holder all right, title and interest which the Trustee had in the Receivables. 
 Unless the certificate of
authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf of the Trustee, by manual signature, this Certificate shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, or be valid for any purpose. 
 This Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of law principles
thereof. 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF BA Credit Card Funding, LLC has caused this Certificate to be duly executed under its official seal.

  

			
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Officer

 [SEAL] 
  

 A-3 

 Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication 
 CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 
 This
is the Transferor Certificate referred to in the within-mentioned Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 
  

			
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
	  as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Officer

  

 A-4 

 EXHIBIT B 
 FORM OF ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES IN ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS 
 ASSIGNMENT No.
             OF RECEIVABLES IN ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS, dated as of
                    ,             
             (this “Assignment”), by and among FIA Card Services, National Association, a national banking association, as Servicer (the “Servicer”), BA CREDIT
CARD FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Funding”), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a banking corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York (the “Trustee”), pursuant to the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement referred to below. 
 W I T N E S S E T H:

 WHEREAS, Funding, the Servicer and the Trustee are parties to the Second Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of
October 20, 2006 (hereinafter as such agreement may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Pooling and Servicing Agreement”); 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, Funding wishes to designate Additional Accounts of Funding to be included as Accounts and to
convey the Receivables of such Additional Accounts, whether now existing or hereafter created, to the Trustee as part of the corpus of the Trust (as each such term is defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement); and 
 WHEREAS, the Trustee is willing to accept such designation and conveyance subject to the terms and conditions hereof; 
 NOW, THEREFORE, Funding, the Servicer and the Trustee hereby agree as follows: 
 1. Defined Terms. All terms defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and used herein shall have such defined meanings when used herein,
unless otherwise defined herein. 
 “Addition Date” shall mean, with respect to the Additional Accounts designated hereby,
                    ,             . 
 “Notice Date” shall mean, with respect to the Additional Accounts designated hereby,
                    ,              (which shall be a date on or prior to
the fifth Business Day prior to the Addition Date with respect to additions pursuant to subsection 2.06(a) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the tenth Business Day prior to the Addition Date with respect to additions pursuant to subsection
2.06(b) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement). 
 2. Designation of Additional Accounts. Funding shall deliver to the Trustee not
later than five Business Days after the Addition Date, an Account Schedule containing a true and complete list of each MasterCard®, VISA® and American Express® account which as of the Addition Date shall be deemed to be an Additional Account, such accounts being identified by account number and by the amount of Receivables in such accounts as of the close of business

  

 B-1 

 on the Addition Date. Such list shall be delivered five Business Days after the date of this Agreement and shall be
marked as Schedule 1 to this Assignment and, as of the Addition Date, shall be incorporated into and made a part of this Assignment and the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 
 3. Conveyance of Receivables. 
 (a) Funding does hereby transfer, assign, set-over and otherwise convey to the Trustee for the benefit of the Certificateholders, without recourse on and after the Addition Date, all right, title and interest of
Funding in and to the Receivables now existing and hereafter created in the Additional Accounts (including all related Transferred Accounts) designated hereby, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto (including all Finance Charge
Receivables) all Interchange allocable to the Trust as provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, and all proceeds of such Receivables, Insurance Proceeds and Recoveries relating to such Receivables and the proceeds thereof. 
 (b) In connection with such transfer, Funding agrees to record and file, at its own expense, a financing statement with respect to the
Receivables now existing and hereafter created in the Additional Accounts designated hereby (which may be a single financing statement with respect to all such Receivables) for the transfer of accounts as defined in the Delaware UCC meeting the
requirements of applicable state law in such manner and such jurisdictions as are necessary to perfect the assignment of such Receivables to the Trustee, and to deliver a file-stamped copy of such financing statement or other evidence of such filing
(which may, for purposes of this Section 3, consist of telephone confirmation of such filing) to the Trustee on or prior to the date of this Agreement. 
 (c) In connection with such transfer, Funding further agrees, at its own expense, on or prior to the date of this Assignment to indicate
in its books and records (including the appropriate computer files) that Receivables created in connection with the Additional Accounts designated hereby and the related Trust assets have been transferred to the Trustee pursuant to this Assignment
for the benefit of the Certificateholders. 
 (d) In connection with such transfer, the Servicer, as Account Owner, agrees to
identify the Additional Accounts in the Pool Index File with the designation “1994-MT”. 
 (e) The parties hereto
intend that each transfer of Receivables and other property pursuant to this Assignment constitute a sale, and not a secured borrowing, for accounting purposes. If, and to the extent that, notwithstanding such intent the transfer pursuant to this
Assignment is not deemed to be a sale, the Transferor shall be deemed hereunder to have granted and does hereby grant to the Trustee a first priority perfected security interest in all of the Transferor’s right, title and interest in, to and
under the Receivables now existing and hereafter created in the Additional Accounts designated hereby, all moneys due or to become due with respect thereto (including all Finance Charge Receivables) and all proceeds of such Receivables, all
Insurance Proceeds and Recoveries relating to such Receivables and the proceeds thereof, and this Assignment shall constitute a security agreement under applicable law. 
  

 B-2 

 4. Acceptance by Trustee. The Trustee hereby acknowledges its acceptance on behalf of the Trust
for the benefit of the Certificateholders of all right, title and interest previously held by Funding in and to the Receivables now existing and hereafter created, and declares that it shall maintain such right, title and interest, upon the Trust
herein set forth, for the benefit of all Certificateholders. 
 5. Representations and Warranties of Funding. Funding hereby
represents and warrants to the Trustee as of the Addition Date: 
 (a) Legal Valid and Binding Obligation. This
Assignment constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Funding enforceable against Funding in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other
similar laws now or hereafter in effect affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights in general and the rights of creditors in general and except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity (whether considered in a
suit at law or in equity). 
 (b) Eligibility of Accounts and Receivables. Each Additional Account designated hereby
is an Eligible Account and each Receivable in such Additional Account is an Eligible Receivable. 
 (c) Selection
Procedures. No selection procedures believed by Funding to be materially adverse to the interests of the Investor Certificateholders were utilized in selecting the Additional Accounts designated hereby from the available Eligible Accounts.

 (d) Insolvency. Funding is not insolvent and, after giving effect to the conveyance set forth in Section 3 of
this Assignment, will not be insolvent. 
 (e) Security Interest. This Assignment constitutes either: (i) a valid
sale to the Trustee of the Receivables in the Additional Accounts or (ii) a grant of a security interest in favor of the Trustee in the Receivables in the Additional Accounts, and that sale or security interest is perfected under the Delaware
UCC. 
 (f) Additional Representations and Warranties of Funding. Funding, as Transferor, hereby makes the following
additional representations and warranties. Such representations and warranties shall survive until the termination of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. Such representations and warranties speak as of the date that the Collateral (as defined
below) is transferred to the Trustee but shall not be waived by any of the parties to this Assignment unless each Rating Agency shall have notified Funding, the Servicer and the Trustee in writing that such waiver will not result in a reduction or
withdrawal of the rating of any outstanding Series or Class to which it is a Rating Agency. 
  

 B-3 

 (i) This Assignment creates a valid and continuing security interest (as defined in the
Delaware UCC) in favor of the Trustee in the Receivables described in Section 3(a) hereof (the “Collateral”), which security interest is prior to all other liens, and is enforceable as such as against creditors of and purchasers from
Funding. 
 (ii) The Collateral constitutes “accounts” within the meaning of the Delaware UCC. 
 (iii) At the time of the transfer and assignment of the Collateral to the Trustee pursuant to this Assignment, Funding owned and had good
and marketable title to such Collateral free and clear of any lien, claim or encumbrance of any Person. 
 (iv) Funding has
caused or will have caused, within ten days of the initial execution of this Assignment, the filing of all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the
security interest in the related Collateral granted to the Trustee pursuant to this Assignment. 
 (v) Other than the
security interest granted to the Trustee pursuant to this Assignment, Funding has not pledged, assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed the Collateral. Funding has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any
financing statements against Funding that include a description of the Collateral other than any financing statement relating to the security interest granted to the Trustee pursuant to this Assignment or that has been terminated. Funding is not
aware of any judgment or tax lien filings against Funding. 
 6. Conditions Precedent. The acceptance by the Trustee set forth in
Section 4 and the amendment of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement set forth in Section 7 are subject to the satisfaction, on or prior to the Addition Date, of the following conditions precedent: 
 (a) Officer’s Certificate. Funding shall have delivered to the Trustee a certificate of a Vice President or more senior
officer substantially in the form of Schedule 2 hereto, certifying that (i) all requirements set forth in Section 2.06 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement for designating Additional Accounts and conveying the Principal Receivables of
such Account, whether now existing or hereafter created, have been satisfied and (ii) each of the representations and warranties made by Funding in Section 5 is true and correct as of the Addition Date. The Trustee may conclusively rely on
such Officer’s Certificate, shall have no duty to make inquiries with regard to the matters set forth therein, and shall incur no liability in so relying. 
 (b) Opinion of Counsel. Funding shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel with respect to the Additional Accounts
designated hereby substantially in the form of Exhibit E to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 
 (c) Additional
Information. Funding shall have delivered to the Trustee such information as was reasonably requested by the Trustee to satisfy itself as to the accuracy of the representation and warranty set forth in subsection 5(d) to this Assignment.

  

 B-4 

 7. Amendment of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The Pooling and Servicing Agreement is hereby
amended to provide that all references therein to the “Pooling and Servicing Agreement,” to “this Agreement” and “herein” shall be deemed from and after the Addition Date to be a dual reference to the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement as supplemented by this Assignment. Except as expressly amended hereby, all of the representations, warranties, terms, covenants and conditions to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement shall remain unamended and shall continue to
be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and except as expressly provided herein shall not constitute or be deemed to constitute a waiver of compliance with or a consent to noncompliance with any term or provisions
of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 
 8. Counterparts. This Assignment may be executed in two or more counterparts (and by
different parties on separate counterparts), each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. 
 9. Governing Law. This Assignment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflict of laws. The parties hereto declare that it is
their intention that this Assignment shall be regarded as made under the laws of the State of Delaware and that the laws of said State shall be applied in interpreting its provisions in all cases where legal interpretation shall be required. Each of
the parties hereto agrees (a) that this Assignment involves at least $100,000.00, and (b) that this Assignment has been entered into by the parties hereto in express reliance upon 6 DEL. C. § 2708. Each of the parties hereto hereby
irrevocably and unconditionally agrees (a) to be subject to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware and of the federal courts sitting in the State of Delaware, and (b)(1) to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to
service of process in the State of Delaware, to appoint and maintain an agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process, and (2) that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, service of
process may also be made on such party by prepaid certified mail with a proof of mailing receipt validated by the United States Postal Service constituting evidence of valid service, and that service made pursuant to (b)(1) or (2) above shall,
to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, have the same legal force and effect as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware. 
  

 B-5 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Assignment of Receivables in Additional Accounts to
be duly executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers on the day and year first above written. 
  

			
	FIA CARD SERVICES, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	BA CREDIT CARD FUNDING, LLC
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
   as
Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 B-6 

 Schedule 1 
 to Assignment of 
 Receivables in 
 Additional Accounts 
 ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS 
  

 B-7 

 Schedule 2 
 to Assignment of 
 Receivables in 
 Additional Accounts 
 BA Credit Card Funding, LLC 
 BA Master Credit Card Trust II 
 Officer’s
Certificate 
                                     , a duly
authorized officer of BA Credit Card Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Funding”), hereby certifies and acknowledges on behalf of Funding that to the best of his knowledge the following statements are true on
                    ,         , (the “Addition Date”), and acknowledges on behalf of
Funding that this Officer’s Certificate will be relied upon by The Bank of New York as Trustee (the “Trustee”) of the BA Master Credit Card Trust II in connection with the Trustee entering into Assignment No.
         of Receivables in Additional Accounts, dated as of the Addition Date (the “Assignment”), by and among FIA Card Services, National Association, a national banking association, as
Servicer (the “Servicer”) Funding and the Trustee, in connection with the Second Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of October 20, 2006, as heretofore supplemented and amended (the “Pooling and
Servicing Agreement”) pursuant to which Funding, as Transferor, the Servicer, and the Trustee are parties. The undersigned hereby certifies and acknowledges on behalf of Funding that: 
 (a) On or prior to the Addition Date, Funding has delivered to the Trustee the Assignment (including an acceptance by the Trustee on behalf of the Trust
for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders) and Funding has indicated in its computer files that the Receivables created in connection with the Additional Accounts have been transferred to the Trustee and within five Business Days after the
Addition Date Funding shall deliver to the Trustee an Account Schedule containing a true and complete list of all Additional Accounts identified by account number and the aggregate amount of the Receivables in such Additional Accounts as of the
Addition Date, which Account Schedule shall be as of the date of such Assignment, incorporated into and made a part of such Assignment and the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 
 (b) Legal, Valid and Binding Obligation. The Assignment constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Funding, enforceable against Funding
in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights in
general and the rights of creditors in general and except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity). 
 (c) Eligibility of Accounts. Each Additional Account designated pursuant to the Assignment is an Eligible Account and each Receivable in such
Additional Account is an Eligible Receivable. 
 (d) Selection Procedures. No selection procedures believed by Funding to be
materially adverse to the interests of the Investor Certificateholders were utilized in selecting the Additional Accounts designated hereby from the available Eligible Accounts. 
  

 B-8 

 (e) Insolvency. Funding is not insolvent and, after giving effect to the conveyance set forth in
Section 3 of the Assignment, will not be insolvent. 
 (f) Security Interest. This Assignment constitutes either: (i) a
valid sale to the Trustee of the Receivables in the Additional Accounts; or (ii) a grant of a security interest in favor of the Trustee in the Receivables in the Additional Accounts, and that sale or security interest is perfected under the
Delaware UCC. 
 (g) Requirements of Pooling and Servicing Agreement. All requirements set forth in Section 2.06 of the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement for designating Additional Accounts and conveying the Principal Receivables of such Accounts, whether now existing or hereafter created, have been satisfied. 
 Initially capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined are used as defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 
  

 B-9 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this
         day of                     ,         .

  

			
	BA Credit Card Funding, LLC
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 B-10 

 EXHIBIT C 
 FORM OF MONTHLY SERVICER’S CERTIFICATE 
 BA CREDIT CARD FUNDING, LLC 
  

 BA MASTER CREDIT CARD TRUST II

  

  

					
	1.	  	Capitalized terms used in this Certificate have their respective meanings set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement; provided, that the “preceding Monthly Period”
shall mean the Monthly Period immediately preceding the calendar month in which this Certificate is delivered. This Certificate is delivered pursuant to subsection 3.04(b) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. References herein to certain sections
and subsections are references to the respective sections and subsections of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
		
	2.	  	FIA is Servicer under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
		
	3.	  	The undersigned is a Servicing Officer.
		
	4.	  	The date of this Certificate is a Determination Date under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
			
	5.	  	The aggregate amount of Collections processed during the preceding Monthly Period was equal to (excluding [Annual Membership Fees and] Interchange)	  	$                        
			
	6.	  	The Aggregate Investor Percentage of Receivables processed by the Servicer during the preceding Monthly Period was equal to	  	$                        
			
	7.	  	The Aggregate Investor Percentage of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables processed by the Servicer during the preceding Monthly Period was equal to (excluding [Annual Membership Fees and]
Interchange)	  	$                        
			
	8.	  	The aggregate amount of Receivables processed by the Servicer as of the end of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period	  	$                        
			
	9.	  	Of the balance on deposit in the Finance Charge Account, the amount attributable to the Aggregate Investor Percentage of Collections processed by the Servicer during the preceding Monthly
Period	  	$                        

  

 C-1 

					
	 10.
	  	Of the balance on deposit in the Principal Account, the amount attributable to the Aggregate Investor Percentage of Collections processed by the Servicer during the preceding Monthly
Period	  	$                        
			
	11.	  	The aggregate amount, if any, of withdrawals, drawings or payments under any Credit Enhancement, if any, required to be made with respect to any Series outstanding for the preceding Monthly
Period	  	$                        
			
	12.	  	The Aggregate Investor Percentage of Collections of Principal Receivables processed by the Servicer during the current month is equal to	  	$                        
			
	13.	  	The aggregate amount of Interchange to be deposited in the Finance Charge Account on the Transfer Date of the current month is equal to	  	$                        
			
	14.	  	The aggregate amount of all sums payable to the Investor Certificateholder of each Series on the succeeding Distribution Date with respect to Certificate Principal	  	$                        
			
	15.	  	The aggregate amount of all sums payable to the Investor Certificateholder of each Series on the succeeding Distribution Date with respect to Certificate Interest	  	$                        
		
	16.	  	To the knowledge of the undersigned, there are no Liens on any Receivables in the Trust except as described below:

 [If applicable, insert “None.”] 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this certificate this          day of
                    ,         . 
  

			
	 FIA CARD SERVICES,
 NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION,
 Servicer

		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 C-2 

 Schedule to Monthly 
 Servicer’s Certificate* 
 BA CREDIT CARD FUNDING, LLC 
  

 BA MASTER CREDIT CARD TRUST II

  

  

	*	A separate schedule is to be attached for each Series, with appropriate changes and additions to reflect the specifics of the related Series Supplement. 

  

 C-3 

 EXHIBIT D 
 FORM OF ANNUAL SERVICER’S CERTIFICATE 
 BA CREDIT CARD FUNDING, LLC 
  

 BA MASTER CREDIT CARD TRUST II

  

 The undersigned, a
duly authorized representative of FIA Card Services, National Association (formerly known as MBNA America Bank, National Association) (“FIA”), as Servicer pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as
of June 10, 2006 (the “Pooling and Servicing Agreement”) by and among FIA, as Servicer, BA Credit Card Funding, LLC, as Transferor, and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the “Trustee”) does hereby certify that: 

1. FIA is Servicer under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 
 2. The undersigned is duly authorized pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to execute and deliver this Certificate to the
Trustee. 
 3. This Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 3.05 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

4. A review of the activities of the Servicer’s activities during [the period from the Closing date until] [the twelve-month
period ended] June 30,          and of its performance under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement has been conducted under my supervision. 
 5. To the best of my knowledge, based on such review, the Servicer has fulfilled all its obligations under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement in all material respects throughout such period [and no default in the performance of such obligations has occurred or is continuing except as set forth in paragraph 6 below]. 
 6. [The following is a description of each default in the performance of the Servicer’s obligations under the provisions of the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, including any Supplement, known to the undersigned to have been made during such period which sets forth in detail (i) the nature of each such default, (ii) the action taken by the Servicer, if any, to
remedy each such default and (iii) the current status of each such default: 
 [If applicable, insert “None.”]] 
  

 D-1 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this certificate this
         day of                     ,         .

  

	
	  

	Name:
	Title:

  

 D-2 

 EXHIBIT E 
 FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL REGARDING ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS 
 PROVISIONS TO BE INCLUDED IN OPINION OF
COUNSEL 
 TO BE DELIVERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(c)(vi) 
 OF THE AMENDED AND RESTATED POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT 
 The opinions set forth below may be
subject to certain qualifications, assumptions, limitations and exceptions taken or made in the opinion of Transferor’s counsel with respect to similar matters delivered on the Closing Date. 
 1. The Assignment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Transferor and constitutes the legal, valid and binding agreement of the
Transferor, enforceable against the Transferor in accordance with its terms subject to (A) the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, receivership, reorganization, liquidation and other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights
and remedies of creditors generally, and (B) the application of principles of equity (regardless of whether considered and applied in a proceeding in equity or at law). 
 2. The financing statement(s) referred to in such opinion (the “Financing Statement”) is in an appropriate form for filing in the State of
Delaware (the “State”) and has been duly filed in the appropriate filing office in the State and the fees and document taxes, if any, payable in connection with the said filing of the Financing Statement have been paid in full. 

3. If the Assignment does not constitute a sale of the Receivables in the Additional Accounts designated by the Assignment, (A) the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement creates a valid security interest (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code of the State (the “UCC”)) in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders in such Receivables, (B) the
security interest created under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement by the conveyance of the Receivables in Additional Accounts designated by the Assignment and in the proceeds thereof (as defined in the UCC), is a first priority perfected security
interest in and against such Receivables now existing and hereafter created in the Additional Accounts designated by the Assignment and all monies due or to become due with respect thereto, including proceeds thereof, and (C) such perfection
and priority of the Trustee for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders in such Receivables, and the proceeds thereof, would not be affected by an increase or decrease in the relative interests in the Receivables in the Additional Accounts
designated by the Assignment of the holder of the Transferor Certificate and of the Investor Certificateholders. 
 In connection with the
opinion set forth in this paragraph 3 relating to the priority of security interests, such counsel may express no opinion as to the priority of any security interest over (i) any lien, claim or other interest that arises by operation of law or
does not require any filing with the Secretary of State of the State in order to take priority over any security interest which is perfected by filing with the Secretary of State of the State, and (ii) any claim or lien in favor of any
government or any agency or instrumentality thereof. 
  

 E-1 

 4. If the Assignment constitutes a sale of the Receivables in the Additional Accounts designated by the
Assignment, based upon a certificate of an officer of the Transferor that (i) the Transferor originated the Receivables in the Additional Accounts designated by the Assignment, (ii) the Transferor has not transferred any interest in or
caused any Lien to be imposed upon the Receivables in the Additional Accounts designated by the Assignment, and (iii) the Transferor will originate all Receivables to be subsequently created in the Additional Accounts designated by the
Assignment, then (A) the Trustee has acquired, or will acquire in the case of the Receivables hereafter created in Additional Accounts designated by the Assignment, all right, title and interest of the Transferor in and to the Receivables now
existing and hereafter created in Additional Accounts designated by the Assignment, and all proceeds thereof (as defined in the UCC), and (B) such property will be held by the Trustee free and clear of any Lien or interest of any Person
claiming through or under the Transferor, and the Trustee owns such Receivables in the Additional Accounts designated by the Assignment and the proceeds thereof free of any lien or interest, in each case, except for (x) Liens permitted under
subsection 2.05(b) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, (y) the interest of the holder of the Transferor Certificate, and (z) the Transferor’s right to receive interest accruing on, and investment earnings in respect of, the
Finance Charge Account and the Principal Account [or any Series Account] as provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 
 In addition,
in connection with the opinions set forth in paragraph 3 and this paragraph 4, no opinion is expressed herein with respect to Receivables or the proceeds thereof other than the Receivables in the Additional Accounts designated by the Assignment and
the proceeds thereof, or with respect to the perfection or priority of security interests in the proceeds of, or Insurance Proceeds relating to, the Receivables in the Additional Accounts designated by the Assignment, except to the extent such
proceeds (as defined in the UCC) consist of amounts held by the Transferor in accordance with the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement for less than twenty days following receipt of such proceeds by the Transferor, and except to the extent
that such proceeds consist of either (i) amounts held in an Investor Account [or a Series Account] maintained by the Trustee in the name of the Trust in accordance with the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, or (ii) Permitted
Investments held by or on behalf of the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and any Supplement. Further, in connection with the opinions set forth in paragraph 3 and this paragraph 4, no opinion is expressed
with respect to the perfection or priority of security interests in the proceeds of, or Insurance Proceeds relating to, the Receivables in the Additional Accounts designated by the Assignment until such proceeds are deposited in the Collection
Account in accordance with the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. Amounts that are payments by or on behalf of Obligors in respect of the Receivables, and held in the Collection Account or in an Investor Account or invested in Permitted
Investments, and maintained or held in accordance with the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, are “proceeds” of Receivables within the meaning of Section 9-102(a)(64) of the UCC. 
 With respect to the opinions expressed in paragraph 3 and this paragraph 4, we note that the effectiveness of the Financing Statement will terminate
(i) unless appropriate continuation statements are filed within the period of six months prior to the expiration of five year anniversary dates from the date of the original filing of the Financing Statement, (ii) if the Transferor changes
its name, identity or corporate structure, unless new appropriate financing statements or amendments indicating the new name, identity or corporate structure of the Transferor are properly filed before the expiration of four months after the
Transferor changes its 
  

 E-2 

 name, identity or corporate structure, and (iii) four months after the Transferor changes its location to a
jurisdiction outside the State, unless such security interest is perfected in such new jurisdiction within such time. Other than as discussed in this paragraph, no action is required to maintain the perfection, as described in paragraph 3 and this
paragraph 4, of the interests of the Trustee on behalf of the Investor Certificateholders in the Receivables in the Additional Accounts designated by the Assignment and the proceeds thereof (as defined in the UCC). 
 The opinions expressed in paragraph 3 and this paragraph 4 are limited to the interests of the Investor Certificateholders under the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement and the related Supplement. In connection with paragraph 3 and this paragraph 4, we express no opinion as to the interests of the Transferor under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or any Supplement. The opinions expressed in
paragraph 3 and this paragraph 4 are subject to the interests of the Transferor or the holder of the Transferor Certificate arising under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, which interests of the Transferor will not detract from the interest and
priority of the interest held by the Trustee for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders. 
 5. In the course of such counsel’s
representation of the Transferor in connection with the matter to which this opinion relates, and without independent investigation, under the laws of the State, such counsel has not become aware of any right, lien or interest which has been
asserted against the Receivables in the Additional Accounts designated by the Assignment and the proceeds thereof, other than under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 
  

 E-3 

 EXHIBIT F 
 FORM OF ANNUAL OPINION OF COUNSEL 
 The opinions set forth below, which are to be delivered pursuant
to subsection 13.02(d)(ii) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, may be subject to certain qualifications, assumptions, limitations and exceptions taken or made in the opinion of counsel to the Transferor with respect to similar matters delivered
on the Closing Date. 
 1. The financing statement is in an appropriate form for filing in the State of Delaware (the “State”) and
has been duly filed in the appropriate filing office in the State and the fees and document taxes, if any, payable in connection with the said filing of the financing statement have been paid in full. 
 2. If the Pooling and Servicing Agreement does not constitute a sale of the Receivables, (A) the Pooling and Servicing Agreement creates a security
interest (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State (the “UCC”)) in favor of the Trustee, (B) the security interest created under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement by the conveyance of the Receivables
(other than Receivables in Additional Accounts) and in the proceeds thereof (as defined in the UCC), is a first priority perfected security interest in and against such Receivables and proceeds, and (C) changes under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement in the percentage of the Receivables and the proceeds thereof securing the Investor Certificates will not affect the said perfection and priority. 
 In connection with the opinion set forth in paragraph 2 relating to the priority of security interests, no opinion need be expressed as the priority of any security interest over (i) any lien, claim or other
interest that arises by operation of law or does not require any filing with the Secretary of State of the State in order to take priority over any security interest which is perfected by filing with the Secretary of State of the State, and
(ii) any claim or lien in favor of any government or any agency or instrumentality thereof. 
 3. If the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
constitutes a sale of the Receivables, (A) the Trustee has acquired, or will acquire in the case of the Receivables hereafter created (other than Receivables in Additional Accounts), all right, title and interest of the Transferor in and to the
Receivables now existing and hereafter created (other than Receivables in Additional Accounts), and all proceeds thereof (as defined in the UCC), and (B) such property will be held by the Trustee free and clear of any lien or interest of any
Person claiming through or under the Transferor, and the Trustee owns such Receivables and the proceeds thereof free of any lien or interest, in each case, except for (x) Liens permitted under subsection 2.05(b) of the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, (y) the interest of the holder of the Transferor Certificate, and (z) the Transferor’s right to receive interest accruing on, and investment earnings in respect of, the Finance Charge Account and the Principal Account [or
any Series Account] as provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The opinion with respect to Receivables and proceeds thereof hereafter created which do not arise from the sale of goods or the rendering of services may be qualified in its
entirety by the qualifications set forth in the opinion of counsel rendered on the Closing Date. 
  

 F-1 

 In addition, in connection with the opinions set forth in paragraph 2 and this paragraph 3, no opinion is
expressed herein with respect to Receivables in Additional Accounts or the proceeds thereof, or with respect to the perfection or priority of security interests in the proceeds of, or Insurance Proceeds relating to, the Receivables, except to the
extent such proceeds (as defined in the UCC) consist of amounts held by the Transferor in accordance with the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement for less than twenty days following receipt of such proceeds by the Transferor, and except to
the extent that such proceeds consist of either (i) amounts held in an Investor Account [or a Series Account] maintained by the Trustee in the name of the Trust in accordance with the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and any
Supplement or (ii) Permitted Investments held by or on behalf of the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and any Supplement. Further, in connection with the opinions set forth in paragraph 2 and this
paragraph 3, no opinion is expressed with respect to the perfection or priority of security interests in the proceeds of, or Insurance Proceeds relating to, the Receivables until such proceeds are deposited in the Collection Account in accordance
with the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. Amounts that are payments by or on behalf of Obligors in respect of the Receivables, and held in the Collection Account, an Investor Account or a Series Account or invested in Permitted
Investments, and maintained or held in accordance with the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and any Supplement, are “proceeds” of Receivables within the meaning of Section 9-102(a)(64) of the UCC (such counsel may note,
however, that, subject to the discussion elsewhere in this paragraph 3, the UCC does not apply to the sale of general intangibles or proceeds thereof). 
 Further, in connection with the opinions set forth in paragraph 2 and this paragraph 3, no opinion is expressed concerning (i) Interchange and the proceeds (as defined in the UCC) relating to Interchange,
(ii) Receivables and the proceeds (as defined in the UCC) thereof in Defaulted Accounts or Zero Balance Accounts, (iii) Receivables that have been charged-off as uncollectible and the proceeds (as defined in the UCC) of such Receivables,
including recoveries, or (iv) Receivables and the proceeds (as defined in the UCC) thereof that are removed from the Trust and reassigned to the Transferor pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 
 With respect to the opinions expressed in paragraph 2 and this paragraph 3, we note that the effectiveness of the financing statement will terminate
(i) unless appropriate continuation statements are filed within the period of six months prior to the expiration of five year anniversary dates from the date of the original filing of the financing statement, (ii) if the Transferor changes
its name, identity or corporate structure, unless new appropriate financing statements or amendments indicating the new name, identity or corporate structure of the Transferor are properly filed before the expiration of four months after the
Transferor changes its name, identity or corporate structure, and (iii) four months after the Transferor changes its location to a jurisdiction outside the State, unless such security interest is perfected in such new jurisdiction within such
time. Other than as discussed in this paragraph and compliance with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, no action is required to maintain the perfection, as described in paragraph 2 and this paragraph 3, of the interests of the Trustee on behalf of
the Investor Certificateholders in the Receivables (other than Receivables in Additional Accounts) and the proceeds thereof (as defined in the UCC). We note that the provisions of Section 13.02 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement require the
Transferor to give certain notices and to take certain actions upon the occurrence of certain events discussed in this paragraph so as to preserve and protect the right, title and interest of the Trustee under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to
all property comprising the Trust. 
  

 F-2 

 The opinions expressed in paragraph 2 and this paragraph 3 are limited to the interests of the Investor
Certificateholders under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. In connection with paragraph 2 and this paragraph 3, we express no opinion as to the interests of the Transferor or the holder of the Transferor Certificate under the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement. The opinions expressed in paragraph 2 and this paragraph 3 are subject to the interests of the Transferor arising under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, which interests of the Transferor will not detract from the interest
and priority of the interest held by the Trustee for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders. 
 [4. Except for the financing
statement referenced above, no other financing statement covering the Accounts (other than Receivables in Additional Accounts) or the Trustee’s interest in the Accounts (other than Receivables in Additional Accounts) is on file in the office of
the Secretary of State of the State (Uniform Commercial Code Division).] 
 [5. In the course of such counsel acting as special counsel to
the Transferor in connection with the matter to which this opinion relates, and without independent investigation, under the laws of the State, such counsel has not become aware of any right, lien or interest which has been asserted against the
Receivables and the proceeds thereof, other than under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.] 
  

 F-3 

 EXHIBIT G 
 FORM OF REASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES 
 REASSIGNMENT NO.
             OF RECEIVABLES, dated as of                     ,
             (this “Reassignment”), by and among FIA CARD SERVICES, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as Servicer (the “Servicer”), BA CREDIT
CARD FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Funding”), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a banking corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York (the “Trustee”) pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement referred to below. 
 W I T N E S S E T H: 
 WHEREAS, Funding, the Servicer, and the Trustee are parties to the Second Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of
October 20, 2006 (hereinafter as such agreement may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Pooling and Servicing Agreement”); 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, Funding wishes remove all Receivables from certain designated Accounts of Funding (the
“Removed Accounts”) and to cause the Trustee to reconvey the Receivables of such Removed Accounts, whether now existing or hereafter created, from the Trustee to Funding (as each such term is defined in the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement); and 
 WHEREAS, the Trustee is willing to accept such designation and to reconvey the Receivables in the Removed Accounts subject
to the terms and conditions hereof; 
 NOW, THEREFORE, Funding and the Trustee hereby agree as follows: 
 1. Defined Terms. All terms defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and used herein shall have such defined meanings when used herein,
unless otherwise defined herein. 
 “Removal Date” shall mean, with respect to the Removed Accounts designated hereby,
                    ,             . 
 “Removal Notice Date” shall mean, with respect to the Removed Accounts designated hereby,
                    ,              (which shall be a date on or prior to
the fifth Business Day prior to the Removal Date). 
 2. Designation of Removed Accounts. Funding shall deliver to the Trustee, not
later than five Business Days after the Removal Date, a computer file or microfiche list containing a true and complete list of each MasterCard®, VISA® and American Express® account which as of the Removal Date shall be deemed to be a Removed Account, such accounts being identified by account number and by the aggregate amount of Receivables in such accounts as of the close of
business on the Removal Date. Such list shall be marked as Schedule 1 to this Reassignment and shall be incorporated into and made a part of this Reassignment and the Pooling and Servicing Agreement as of the Removal Date. 
  

 G-1 

 3. Conveyance of Receivables. 
 (a) The Trustee does hereby reconvey to Funding, without recourse on and after the Removal Date, all right, title and interest of the
Trustee in and to the Receivables now existing and hereafter created in the Removed Accounts designated hereby, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto (including all Finance Charge Receivables), all proceeds (as defined in the Delaware
UCC) of such Receivables, Insurance Proceeds relating to such Receivables and the proceeds thereof. 
 (b) In connection with
such transfer, the Trustee agrees to authorize and deliver to Funding on or prior to the date of this Reassignment, a termination statement with respect to the Receivables now existing and hereafter created in the Removed Accounts designated hereby
(which may be a single termination statement with respect to all such Receivables) evidencing the release by the Trustee of its Lien on the Receivables in the Removed Accounts, and meeting the requirements of applicable state law, in such manner and
such jurisdictions as are necessary to remove such Lien. 
 4. Representations and Warranties of Funding. Funding hereby represents
and warrants to the Trust as of the Removal Date: 
 (a) Legal Valid and Binding Obligation. This Reassignment
constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Funding enforceable against Funding in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar
laws now or hereafter in effect affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights in general and except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity). 
 (b) Selection Procedures. No selection procedures believed by Funding to be materially adverse to the interests of the Investor
Certificateholders were utilized in selecting the Removed Accounts designated hereby. 
 5. Conditions Precedent. The amendment of the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement set forth in Section 6 hereof is subject to the satisfaction, on or prior to the Removal Date, of the following condition precedent: 
 Funding shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate certifying that (i) as of the Removal Date, all
requirements set forth in Section 2.07 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement for designating Removed Accounts and reconveying the Receivables of such Removed Accounts, whether now existing or hereafter created, have been satisfied, and
(ii) each of the representations and warranties made by Funding in Section 4 hereof is true and correct as of the Removal Date. The Trustee may conclusively rely on such Officer’s Certificate, shall have no duty to make inquiries with
regard to the matters set forth therein, and shall incur no liability in so relying. 
  

 G-2 

 6. Amendment of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The Pooling and Servicing Agreement is hereby
amended to provide that all references therein to the “Pooling and Servicing Agreement,” to “this Agreement” and “herein” shall be deemed from and after the Removal Date to be a dual reference to the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement as supplemented by this Reassignment. Except as expressly amended hereby, all of the representations, warranties, terms, covenants and conditions to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement shall remain unamended and shall continue to
be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and except as expressly provided herein shall not constitute or be deemed to constitute a waiver of compliance with or a consent to non-compliance with any term or provision
of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 
 7. Counterparts. This Reassignment may be executed in two or more counterparts (and by
different parties on separate counterparts), each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. 
 8. Governing Law. This Reassignment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflict of laws. The parties hereto declare that it
is their intention that this Reassignment shall be regarded as made under the laws of the State of Delaware and that the laws of said State shall be applied in interpreting its provisions in all cases where legal interpretation shall be required.
Each of the parties hereto agrees (a) that this Reassignment involves at least $100,000.00, and (b) that this Reassignment has been entered into by the parties hereto in express reliance upon 6 DEL. C. § 2708. Each of the parties
hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees (a) to be subject to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware and of the federal courts sitting in the State of Delaware, and (b)(1) to the extent such party is not otherwise
subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, to appoint and maintain an agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process, and (2) that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law,
service of process may also be made on such party by prepaid certified mail with a proof of mailing receipt validated by the United States Postal Service constituting evidence of valid service, and that service made pursuant to (b)(1) or
(2) above shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, have the same legal force and effect as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware. 
  

 G-3 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Reassignment of Receivables to be duly executed and
delivered by their respective duly authorized officers on the day and year first above written. 
  

			
	BA CREDIT CARD FUNDING, LLC
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
   as
Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 G-4 

 Schedule 1 
 to Reassignment 
 of Receivables 
 REMOVED ACCOUNTS 
  

 G-5 

 EXHIBIT H 
 FORM OF RECONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES 
 RECONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES, dated as of
                                 ,
             (this “Reconveyance”), by and among FIA Card Services, National Association, a national banking association, as Servicer (the “Servicer”), BA Credit
Card Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Transferor”), and The Bank of New York, a banking corporation organized and existing under the laws of New York (the “Trustee”) pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement referred to below. 
 W I T N E S S E T H: 
 WHEREAS, the Transferor, the Servicer, and the Trustee are parties to the Second Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of
October 20, 2006 (hereinafter as such agreement may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Pooling and Servicing Agreement”); 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Transferor wishes to cause the Trustee to reconvey all of the Receivables and proceeds
thereof, whether now existing or hereafter created, from the Trust to the Transferor pursuant to the terms of Section 12.04 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement upon termination of the Trust pursuant to subsection 12.01(a) of the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement (as each such term is defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement); 
 WHEREAS, the Trustee is willing to reconvey
Receivables subject to the terms and conditions hereof; 
 NOW, THEREFORE, the Transferor and the Trustee hereby agree as follows:

 1. Defined Terms. All terms defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and used herein shall have such defined meanings when
used herein, unless otherwise defined herein. 
 “Reconveyance Date” shall mean
                    ,             . 
 2. Return of Lists of Accounts. The Trustee shall deliver to the Transferor, not later than three Business Days after the Reconveyance Date, each
and every computer file or microfiche list of Accounts delivered to the Trustee pursuant to the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 
 3. Conveyance of Receivables. (a) The Trustee does hereby reconvey to the Transferor, without recourse, on and after the Reconveyance Date, all right, title and interest of the 
  

 H-1 

 Trust in and to each and every Receivable now existing and hereafter created in the Accounts, all monies due or to become
due with respect thereto (including all Finance Charge Receivables), all proceeds (as defined in the Delaware UCC) of such Receivables and Insurance Proceeds relating to such Receivables and any Interchange, except for amounts, if any, held by the
Trustee pursuant to subsection 12.03(b) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 
 (b) In connection with such transfer, the
Trustee agrees to authorize and deliver to the Transferor on or prior to the date of this Reconveyance, such UCC termination statements as the Transferor may reasonably request, evidencing the release by the Trustee of its lien on the Receivables.

 4. Counterparts. This Reconveyance may be executed in two or more counterparts (and by different parties on separate counterparts),
each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. 
 5. Governing Law. This
Reconveyance shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflict of laws. The parties hereto declare that it is their intention that this Reconveyance shall be regarded as
made under the laws of the State of Delaware and that the laws of said State shall be applied in interpreting its provisions in all cases where legal interpretation shall be required. Each of the parties hereto agrees (a) that this Reconveyance
involves at least $100,000.00, and (b) that this Reconveyance has been entered into by the parties hereto in express reliance upon 6 DEL. C. § 2708. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees (a) to be
subject to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware and of the federal courts sitting in the State of Delaware, and (b)(1) to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, to appoint
and maintain an agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process, and (2) that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, service of process may also be made on such party by prepaid certified
mail with a proof of mailing receipt validated by the United States Postal Service constituting evidence of valid service, and that service made pursuant to (b)(1) or (2) above shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, have the
same legal force and effect as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware. 
  

 H-2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Reconveyance of Receivables to be duly executed and
delivered by their respective duly authorized officers on the day and year first above written. 
  

			
	BA CREDIT CARD FUNDING, LLC
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
   as
Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 H-3 

 SCHEDULE 1 
 LIST OF ACCOUNTS 
 Delivered to Trustee only 
 [Deemed Incorporated] 
  

 Schedule 10-1 

 Schedule 2 
 Series Supplements 
 Series 1996-M Supplement dated as of November 26, between MBNA, as Seller and Servicer, and
the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time 
 Series 1997-B Supplement dated as of February 27, 1997, between MBNA,
as Seller and Servicer, and the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time 
 Series 1997-D Supplement dated as of
May 22, 1997, between MBNA, as Seller and Servicer, and the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time 
 Series 1997-H
Supplement dated as of August 6, 1997, between MBNA, as Seller and Servicer, and the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time 
 Series 1997-O Supplement dated as of December 23, 1997, between MBNA, as Seller and Servicer, and the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time 
 Series 1998-B Supplement dated as of April 14, 1998, between MBNA, as Seller and Servicer, and the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time
to time 
 Series 1998-E Supplement dated as of August 11, 1998, between MBNA, as Seller and Servicer, and the Master Trust Trustee, as amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time 
 Series 1999-B Supplement dated as of March 26, 1999, between MBNA, as Seller and Servicer, and
the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time 
 Series 1999-J Supplement dated as of September 23, 1999, between MBNA,
as Seller and Servicer, and the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time 
 Series 2000-D Supplement dated as of
May 11, 2000, between MBNA, as Seller and Servicer, and the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time 
 Series 2000-E
Supplement dated as of June 1, 2000, between MBNA, as Seller and Servicer, and the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time 
  

 Schedule 2-1 

 Series 2000-H Supplement dated as of August 23, 2000, between MBNA, as Seller and Servicer, and the Trustee, as
amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time 
 Series 2000-J Supplement dated as of October 12, 2000, between MBNA, as Seller and
Servicer, and the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time 
 Series 2000-L Supplement dated as of December 13, 2000,
between MBNA, as Seller and Servicer, and the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time 
 Series 2001-B Supplement dated as
of March 8, 2001, between MBNA, as Seller and Servicer, and the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time 
 Series
2001-C Supplement dated as of April 25, 2001, between MBNA, as Seller and Servicer, and the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time 
  

 Schedule 2-2

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00111-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00111-of-00352.parquet"}]]